Compare commits
No commits in common. 'master' and 'rocket-config' have entirely different histories.
master
...
rocket-con
59 changed files with 5314 additions and 1149 deletions
@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ |
|||||
# List of tested packages using convert32pkg. |
|
||||
# This list is safe to use with massconvert32.sh and safe to install. |
|
||||
# Note that these are from slackware 14.2, including patches. -current is unsupported. |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# a |
|
||||
bzip2 |
|
||||
dbus |
|
||||
eudev |
|
||||
xz |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# ap |
|
||||
cups |
|
||||
mpg123 |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# d |
|
||||
libtool |
|
||||
llvm |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# l |
|
||||
alsa-lib |
|
||||
atk |
|
||||
cairo |
|
||||
elfutils |
|
||||
expat |
|
||||
freetype |
|
||||
gdk-pixbuf2 |
|
||||
glib2 |
|
||||
glibc |
|
||||
gmp |
|
||||
gst-plugins-base |
|
||||
gstreamer |
|
||||
gtk+2 |
|
||||
harfbuzz |
|
||||
icu4c |
|
||||
lcms2 |
|
||||
libexif |
|
||||
libffi |
|
||||
libgphoto2 |
|
||||
libidn |
|
||||
libieee1284 |
|
||||
libjpeg-turbo |
|
||||
libnl3 |
|
||||
libpcap |
|
||||
libpng |
|
||||
libtiff |
|
||||
libunistring |
|
||||
libusb |
|
||||
libxml2 |
|
||||
libxslt |
|
||||
ncurses |
|
||||
orc |
|
||||
pango |
|
||||
sdl |
|
||||
svgalib |
|
||||
v4l-utils |
|
||||
zlib |
|
||||
gamin |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# n |
|
||||
cyrus-sasl |
|
||||
gnutls |
|
||||
libgcrypt |
|
||||
libgpg-error |
|
||||
nettle |
|
||||
openldap-client |
|
||||
openssl |
|
||||
p11-kit |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# x |
|
||||
fontconfig |
|
||||
glu |
|
||||
libX11 |
|
||||
libXau |
|
||||
libXcomposite |
|
||||
libXcursor |
|
||||
libXdamage |
|
||||
libXdmcp |
|
||||
libXext |
|
||||
libXfixes |
|
||||
libXi |
|
||||
libXinerama |
|
||||
libXrandr |
|
||||
libXrender |
|
||||
libXv |
|
||||
libXvMC |
|
||||
libXxf86vm |
|
||||
libdrm |
|
||||
libpciaccess |
|
||||
libxcb |
|
||||
libxshmfence |
|
||||
mesa |
|
||||
pixman |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# xap |
|
||||
sane |
|
||||
@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ |
|||||
#!/bin/sh -e |
|
||||
|
|
||||
pkginfodir='/var/log/packages/' |
|
||||
pkgscriptdir='/var/log/scripts/' |
|
||||
|
|
||||
if [ "$#" -lt 1 ]; then |
|
||||
echo "Usage: $0 <package32> [package64]" 1>&2 |
|
||||
exit 1 |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
pkg32="$(realpath "$1")" |
|
||||
unset pkg64 |
|
||||
[ "$2" ] && pkg64="$(realpath "$2")" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Extract all package info |
|
||||
# See /sbin/installpkg |
|
||||
pkgbase="$(echo "$pkg32" | sed -e 's?.*/??;s/\.t[bglx]z$//')" |
|
||||
pkgext="$(echo "$pkg32" | sed -e 's?.*/??;s/.*\.\(t[bglx]z\)$/\1/')" |
|
||||
pkgname="$(echo "$pkgbase" | sed -e 's?-[^-]*-[^-]*-[^-]*$??')" |
|
||||
pkgver="$(echo "$pkgbase" | sed -e 's?.*-\([^-]*\)-[^-]*-[^-]*$?\1?')" |
|
||||
pkgarch="$(echo "$pkgbase" | sed -e 's?.*-[^-]*-\([^-]*\)-[^-]*$?\1?')" |
|
||||
pkgbuild="$(echo "$pkgbase" | sed -e 's?.*-[^-]*-[^-]*-\([^-]*\)$?\1?')" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
case "$pkgarch" in |
|
||||
i?86) pkgarch=x86_64 ;; |
|
||||
*) |
|
||||
echo "Unsupported package architecture '$pkgarch'. Can't proceed." 1>&2 |
|
||||
exit 1 |
|
||||
;; |
|
||||
esac |
|
||||
|
|
||||
pkginfo="$pkginfodir/$pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgarch-$pkgbuild" |
|
||||
pkgscript="$pkgscriptdir/$pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgarch-$pkgbuild" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
case "$pkgext" in |
|
||||
tgz) tool=gzip ;; |
|
||||
tbz) tool=bzip2 ;; |
|
||||
tlz) tool=lzma ;; |
|
||||
txz) tool=xz ;; |
|
||||
esac |
|
||||
|
|
||||
temp="$(mktemp -d)" |
|
||||
trap "rm -rf '$temp'" EXIT |
|
||||
|
|
||||
cd "$temp" |
|
||||
explodepkg "$pkg32" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Remove all files present in the 64bit package |
|
||||
if [ "$pkg64" ]; then |
|
||||
echo |
|
||||
echo "Removing files:" |
|
||||
$tool -cd "$pkg64" | tar-1.13 t | grep -v '^install/' | while read -r file; do |
|
||||
echo "./$file" |
|
||||
rm -f "./$file" 2> /dev/null || true |
|
||||
done |
|
||||
else |
|
||||
if [ ! -f "$pkginfo" ]; then |
|
||||
echo "Package '$pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgarch-$pkgbuild' is not installed. Can't proceed." 1>&2 |
|
||||
exit 1 |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# See /sbin/removepkg |
|
||||
if fgrep './' "$pkginfo" 1> /dev/null 2>&1; then |
|
||||
TRIGGER='^\.\/' |
|
||||
else |
|
||||
TRIGGER='FILE LIST:' |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
echo |
|
||||
echo 'Removing files:' |
|
||||
sed -n "/$TRIGGER/,/^$/p" "$pkginfo" | fgrep -v 'FILE LIST:' | grep -v '^install/' | while read -r file; do |
|
||||
echo "./$file" |
|
||||
rm -f "./$file" 2> /dev/null || true |
|
||||
done |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Clean empty directories |
|
||||
echo |
|
||||
echo 'Empty directories:' |
|
||||
find . -type d -empty -print -delete |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Remove all symlinks present in the 64bit package |
|
||||
if [ -f install/doinst.sh ]; then |
|
||||
if [ "$pkg64" ]; then |
|
||||
if ! $tool -cd "$pkg64" | tar-1.13 xO install/doinst.sh > install/doinst.64; then |
|
||||
echo "Failed to extract install/doinst.sh from '$pkg64'. Can't proceed." 1>&2 |
|
||||
exit 1 |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
else |
|
||||
if [ ! -f "$pkgscript" ]; then |
|
||||
echo "Package '$pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgarch-$pkgbuild' is installed but has no installation script. Can't proceed." 1>&2 |
|
||||
exit 1 |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
cp "$pkgscript" install/doinst.64 |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# There's some packages that need special treatment |
|
||||
if [ "$pkgname" = 'glib2' -o "$pkgname" = 'cups' -o "$pkgname" = 'sane' ]; then |
|
||||
sed -i -e '/^for file in/,/^done/d' install/doinst.sh |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
if [ "$pkgname" = 'cups' ]; then |
|
||||
sed -i -e '/^if \[ -e etc\/rc.d\/rc.cups \]; then/,/^fi/d' install/doinst.sh |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
if [ "$pkgname" = 'eudev' ]; then |
|
||||
sed -i -e '/^if \[ \(-e etc\/rc.d\/rc.udev\|-r etc\/rc.d\/rc.udev.new\) \]; then/,/^fi/d' install/doinst.sh |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
if [ "$pkgname" = 'dbus' ]; then |
|
||||
sed -i -e '/^if \[ \(-e etc\/rc.d\/rc.messagebus\|-r etc\/rc.d\/rc.messagebus.new\) \]; then/,/^fi/d' install/doinst.sh |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Extract all lines treating with symlinks or config files. See /sbin/removepkg |
|
||||
sed -n -e 's,^[ ]*( [ ]*cd[ ]* .* [ ]*; [ ]*\(rm\|ln\) [ ]*-\(rf\|sf\)[ ]* .* [ ]*)[ ]*$,&,p' \ |
|
||||
-e 's,^[ ]*config .*[ ]*$,&,p' install/doinst.64 > install/doinst |
|
||||
rm install/doinst.64 |
|
||||
|
|
||||
echo |
|
||||
echo 'Removed lines in doinst.sh:' |
|
||||
if [ -s install/doinst ]; then |
|
||||
fgrep -xf install/doinst install/doinst.sh || true |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Remove all symlinks present in the 64bit package |
|
||||
fgrep -vxf install/doinst install/doinst.sh > install/doinst.sh.new || true |
|
||||
mv install/doinst.sh.new install/doinst.sh |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# If the resulting doinst.sh is empty, remove it. |
|
||||
if [ ! -s install/doinst.sh ]; then |
|
||||
rm install/doinst.sh |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
rm install/doinst |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Rename package in slack-desc |
|
||||
if [ -f install/slack-desc ]; then |
|
||||
sed -i -e '/^\$\|#\| *|/!s/^[^:]*:/convert32-&/' install/slack-desc |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
if ! find . | grep -v '^.$\|^./install' > /dev/null; then |
|
||||
echo |
|
||||
echo 'Package is empty. Not running makepkg.' 1>&2 |
|
||||
exit 0 |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
makepkg -l n -c n "$OLDPWD/convert32-$pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgarch-$pkgbuild.$pkgext" |
|
||||
@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ |
|||||
#!/bin/sh |
|
||||
set -e |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# This is a SlackBuild script for building as-original-as-possible kernel packages. |
|
||||
# It combines existing SlackBuilds and other files in the slackware source tree with vanilla SlackBuild conventions in a way that is clean and functional. |
|
||||
# Unlike the "official" method of building a Slackware kernel, it builds and installs everything in $TMP, so it doesn't taint the host system, and you can build it as a regular user under fakeroot, if you wanted to. |
|
||||
# This often means that the $PKG directory is used as an intermediate directory to run a SlackBuild in, and that said SlackBuilds may need to be modified to run properly in $PKG. |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# This script is tailored for x86_64. i?86 support is untested, and would need more modifications (such as building the -smp kernels and fixing $TMP in the packaging SlackBuilds). |
|
||||
# Other architectures can be added, provided the source tree for them is anywhere close to the original slackware tree. |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# This SlackBuild should be placed in the "source/k" directory of the source DVD. |
|
||||
# However, this directory doesn't contain all the files we need, as they're scattered all throughout the slackware tree. |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# This code may help prepare the source directory: |
|
||||
if [ "$1" = prepare ]; then |
|
||||
shift |
|
||||
|
|
||||
if [ $# -lt 3 ]; then |
|
||||
echo Usage: $0 prepare \<source\> \<install\> \<output\> 1>&2 |
|
||||
echo e.g. $0 prepare /mnt/tmp/slackware-14.2-source-dvd/source /mnt/tmp/slackware64-14.2-install-dvd/slackware64 ./kernel 1>&2 |
|
||||
exit 1 |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
SOURCE=$1 |
|
||||
INSTALL=$2 |
|
||||
OUT=$3 |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Copy the "source/k" directory |
|
||||
cp -aT $SOURCE/k $OUT |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Copy the "source/d/kernel-headers" and "source/a/kernel-firmware" directories into it |
|
||||
cp -at $OUT $SOURCE/d/kernel-headers $SOURCE/a/kernel-firmware |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Copy "slackware*/k/kernel-source-*-noarch-*.txt" to use as slack-desc for kernel-source into it |
|
||||
mkdir -p $OUT/kernel-source |
|
||||
cp -aT $INSTALL/k/kernel-source-*-noarch-*.txt $OUT/kernel-source/slack-desc |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Copy the SlackBuild |
|
||||
cp -at $OUT $0 |
|
||||
|
|
||||
exit |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
PKGNAM=${PKGNAM:-linux} |
|
||||
BASEVER=${BASEVER:-4.4.14} |
|
||||
VERSION=${VERSION:-$BASEVER} |
|
||||
ARCH=${ARCH:-x86_64} |
|
||||
KARCH=${KARCH:-x86} |
|
||||
BUILD=${BUILD:-1} |
|
||||
|
|
||||
CWD=$(pwd) |
|
||||
TMP=${TMP:-/tmp/kernel} |
|
||||
|
|
||||
NUMJOBS=${NUMJOBS:-" -j7 "} |
|
||||
|
|
||||
export VERSION ARCH BUILD TMP |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Extract the kernel source |
|
||||
mkdir -p $TMP |
|
||||
cd $TMP |
|
||||
rm -rf $PKGNAM-$BASEVER $PKGNAM-$VERSION |
|
||||
tar xvf $CWD/$PKGNAM-$BASEVER.tar.xz |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Rename the kernel source directory to the proper VERSION |
|
||||
# This is useful if you're applying stable patches and the actual VERSION is different from the one the tarball is named after |
|
||||
if [ "$BASEVER" != "$VERSION" ]; then |
|
||||
mv $PKGNAM-$BASEVER $PKGNAM-$VERSION |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Apply patches |
|
||||
cd $PKGNAM-$VERSION |
|
||||
#xzcat $CWD/patch-x.x.xx.xz | patch -p1 --verbose |
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
# |
|
||||
# Build kernel-headers |
|
||||
# |
|
||||
cd $TMP/$PKGNAM-$VERSION |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Install the kernel headers |
|
||||
PKG=$TMP/package-kernel-headers |
|
||||
rm -rf $PKG |
|
||||
mkdir -p $PKG/usr |
|
||||
make $NUMJOBS INSTALL_HDR_PATH=$PKG/usr headers_install |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Apply some modifications that are present in the original kernel-headers package |
|
||||
find $PKG/usr -type f -a ! -name '*.h' -delete |
|
||||
rm -rf $PKG/usr/include/drm |
|
||||
mv $PKG/usr/include/asm $PKG/usr/include/asm-$KARCH |
|
||||
ln -sf asm-$KARCH $PKG/usr/include/asm |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Install the slack-desc |
|
||||
mkdir -p $PKG/install |
|
||||
cat $CWD/kernel-headers/slack-desc > $PKG/install/slack-desc |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Create the package |
|
||||
cd $PKG |
|
||||
/sbin/makepkg -l y -c n $TMP/kernel-headers-$(echo $VERSION | tr - _)-$KARCH-$BUILD.txz |
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
# |
|
||||
# Build kernel-huge |
|
||||
# |
|
||||
cd $TMP/$PKGNAM-$VERSION |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Build the kernel image |
|
||||
make $NUMJOBS mrproper |
|
||||
cat $CWD/config-$ARCH/config-huge-* > .config |
|
||||
make $NUMJOBS oldconfig |
|
||||
make $NUMJOBS bzImage |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Prepare the directory to run the packaging SlackBuild in |
|
||||
PKG=$TMP/kernel-huge |
|
||||
rm -rf $PKG |
|
||||
mkdir -p $PKG |
|
||||
cp arch/$KARCH/boot/bzImage $PKG |
|
||||
cp System.map $PKG |
|
||||
cp .config $PKG/config |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Copy the packaging SlackBuild |
|
||||
cp -aT $CWD/packaging-$ARCH/kernel-huge $PKG |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Run the packaging SlackBuild |
|
||||
cd $PKG |
|
||||
./kernel-huge.SlackBuild |
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
# |
|
||||
# Build kernel-generic |
|
||||
# |
|
||||
cd $TMP/$PKGNAM-$VERSION |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Build the kernel image |
|
||||
make $NUMJOBS mrproper |
|
||||
cat $CWD/config-$ARCH/config-generic-* > .config |
|
||||
make $NUMJOBS oldconfig |
|
||||
make $NUMJOBS bzImage |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Prepare the directory to run the packaging SlackBuild in |
|
||||
PKG=$TMP/kernel-generic |
|
||||
rm -rf $PKG |
|
||||
mkdir -p $PKG |
|
||||
cp arch/$KARCH/boot/bzImage $PKG |
|
||||
cp System.map $PKG |
|
||||
cp .config $PKG/config |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Copy the packaging SlackBuild |
|
||||
cp -aT $CWD/packaging-$ARCH/kernel-generic $PKG |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Run the packaging SlackBuild |
|
||||
cd $PKG |
|
||||
./kernel-generic.SlackBuild |
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
# |
|
||||
# Build kernel-modules |
|
||||
# |
|
||||
cd $TMP/$PKGNAM-$VERSION |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Build the kernel modules with the already-present kernel-generic config |
|
||||
make $NUMJOBS modules |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Prepare the directory to run the packaging SlackBuild in |
|
||||
PKG=$TMP/kernel-modules |
|
||||
rm -rf $PKG |
|
||||
mkdir -p $PKG |
|
||||
make $NUMJOBS INSTALL_MOD_PATH=$PKG modules_install |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Point the build and source links to the proper source directory in /usr/src, as packaged in kernel-source |
|
||||
rm -f $PKG/lib/modules/$VERSION/build $PKG/lib/modules/$VERSION/source |
|
||||
ln -s /usr/src/$PKGNAM-$VERSION $PKG/lib/modules/$VERSION/build |
|
||||
ln -s /usr/src/$PKGNAM-$VERSION $PKG/lib/modules/$VERSION/source |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Copy the packaging SlackBuild |
|
||||
cp -aT $CWD/packaging-$ARCH/kernel-modules $PKG |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Prefix absolute module paths in the SlackBuild with $CWD, since we installed the modules there |
|
||||
sed -i -e 's@/lib/modules/@$CWD&@' $PKG/kernel-modules.SlackBuild |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Run the packaging SlackBuild |
|
||||
cd $PKG |
|
||||
KERNELRELEASE=$VERSION ./kernel-modules.SlackBuild |
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
# |
|
||||
# Build kernel-source |
|
||||
# |
|
||||
cd $TMP/$PKGNAM-$VERSION |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Cleanup the source directory that was prepared and built with the kernel-generic config |
|
||||
make $NUMJOBS clean |
|
||||
make $NUMJOBS prepare |
|
||||
rm .version .config.old |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Install the kernel source |
|
||||
PKG=$TMP/package-kernel-source |
|
||||
rm -rf $PKG |
|
||||
mkdir -p $PKG/usr/src |
|
||||
ln -s $PKGNAM-$VERSION $PKG/usr/src/$PKGNAM |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Install the slack-desc |
|
||||
mkdir -p $PKG/install |
|
||||
cat $CWD/kernel-source/slack-desc > $PKG/install/slack-desc |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Create the package |
|
||||
cd $PKG |
|
||||
mv $TMP/$PKGNAM-$VERSION usr/src |
|
||||
/sbin/makepkg -l y -c n $TMP/kernel-source-$(echo $VERSION | tr - _)-noarch-$BUILD.txz |
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
# |
|
||||
# Build kernel-firmware |
|
||||
# |
|
||||
cd $TMP |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Prepare the directory to run the packaging SlackBuild in |
|
||||
PKG=$TMP/kernel-firmware |
|
||||
rm -rf $PKG |
|
||||
mkdir -p $PKG |
|
||||
cp -aT $CWD/kernel-firmware $PKG |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Use --depth=1 to cause git to not to download the entire history |
|
||||
sed -i -e 's/git clone/& --depth=1/' $PKG/kernel-firmware.SlackBuild |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Run the packaging SlackBuild |
|
||||
cd $PKG |
|
||||
unset VERSION # The script uses `date` to make a $VERSION |
|
||||
./kernel-firmware.SlackBuild |
|
||||
@ -1,151 +0,0 @@ |
|||||
#!/bin/sh |
|
||||
set -eu |
|
||||
|
|
||||
if [ "$(id -u)" != 0 ]; then |
|
||||
echo "This script needs root permissions!" 1>&2 |
|
||||
exit 1 |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
if [ "$#" -lt 2 ]; then |
|
||||
echo "Usage: $0 [-a arch] [-v version] [-m mirror] [-b localmirror]" 1>&2 |
|
||||
exit 1 |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
version='14.2' |
|
||||
arch="$(uname -m)" |
|
||||
mirror='https://mirrors.slackware.com/slackware' |
|
||||
base='' |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Minimal amount of packages required to run installpkg, removepkg and upgradepkg |
|
||||
# bzip2 and gzip are optional, but required to support .tgz and .tbz packages |
|
||||
# All of these exist in the 'a' package set |
|
||||
packages_pkgtools=' |
|
||||
aaa_base |
|
||||
aaa_elflibs |
|
||||
bash |
|
||||
bzip2 |
|
||||
coreutils |
|
||||
etc |
|
||||
findutils |
|
||||
glibc-solibs |
|
||||
grep |
|
||||
gzip |
|
||||
pkgtools |
|
||||
sed |
|
||||
tar |
|
||||
util-linux |
|
||||
xz |
|
||||
' |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Minimal amount of packages required to run slackpkg without the dialog interface |
|
||||
# gnupg is optional, but required to verify the GPG signatures of packages |
|
||||
# ca-certificates, openssl, bin and perl are optional, but required for HTTPS support |
|
||||
# These exist over the 'a', 'ap' and 'n' package sets |
|
||||
# perl exists in the 'd' package set |
|
||||
# openssl and ca-certificates need to be installed last (after perl and bin, at least) for the doinst.sh to run correctly |
|
||||
packages_slackpkg=' |
|
||||
bin |
|
||||
diffutils |
|
||||
gawk |
|
||||
gnupg |
|
||||
openssl-solibs |
|
||||
perl |
|
||||
slackpkg |
|
||||
wget |
|
||||
which |
|
||||
|
|
||||
openssl |
|
||||
ca-certificates |
|
||||
' |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Parse arguments |
|
||||
while getopts "v:a:m:b:" opt; do |
|
||||
case "$opt" in |
|
||||
v) version="$OPTARG" ;; |
|
||||
a) arch="$OPTARG" ;; |
|
||||
m) mirror="$OPTARG" ;; |
|
||||
b) base="$(realpath "$OPTARG")" # Path to local mirror, to get the files from. |
|
||||
esac |
|
||||
done |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Build final variables |
|
||||
case "$arch" in |
|
||||
x86_64) |
|
||||
pkgmain='slackware64' |
|
||||
;; |
|
||||
|
|
||||
*) |
|
||||
pkgmain='slackware' |
|
||||
;; |
|
||||
esac |
|
||||
release="$pkgmain-$version" |
|
||||
initrd='isolinux/initrd.img' |
|
||||
checksums='CHECKSUMS.md5' |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Create working directory |
|
||||
temp="$(mktemp -d -t "$(basename "$0")".XXXXXX)" |
|
||||
trap "rm -rf '$temp'" EXIT |
|
||||
destdir="$PWD" |
|
||||
cd "$temp" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Function to download (or copy) a file |
|
||||
get() { |
|
||||
if [ "$base" ]; then |
|
||||
cp "$base/$1" "$2" |
|
||||
else |
|
||||
wget "$mirror/$release/$1" -O "$2" |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
} |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Function to verify files based on the checksums file |
|
||||
check() { |
|
||||
printf '%s' "$(tail +13 CHECKSUMS.md5 | grep "^[0-9a-f]* ./$1$" | cut -d ' ' -f 1) $2" | md5sum -c --quiet - |
|
||||
} |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Get the full path to a package |
|
||||
package() { |
|
||||
tail +13 CHECKSUMS.md5 | grep "^[0-9a-f]* ./$pkgmain/[^/]*/$1-[^-]*-[^-]*-[^-]*\.t.z$" | cut -d ' ' -f 3- | cut -c 3- |
|
||||
} |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Download checksums |
|
||||
get "$checksums" CHECKSUMS.md5 |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Download installer initrd.img |
|
||||
get "$initrd" initrd.img |
|
||||
check "$initrd" initrd.img |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Unpack and prepare the installer |
|
||||
zcat initrd.img | cpio -id |
|
||||
rm -rf initrd.img mnt pkg |
|
||||
mkdir -p mnt/pkg pkg |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Download packages |
|
||||
for pkg in $packages_pkgtools; do |
|
||||
path="$(package "$pkg")" |
|
||||
name="$(basename "$path")" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
get "$path" "pkg/$name" |
|
||||
check "$path" "pkg/$name" |
|
||||
echo "$name" >> pkg/_ |
|
||||
done |
|
||||
for pkg in $packages_slackpkg; do |
|
||||
path="$(package "$pkg")" |
|
||||
name="$(basename "$path")" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
get "$path" "mnt/pkg/$name" |
|
||||
check "$path" "mnt/pkg/$name" |
|
||||
echo "$name" >> mnt/pkg/_ |
|
||||
done |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Bootstrap pkgtools and it's dependencies |
|
||||
env -i chroot . sh -l -c 'while read pkg; do /usr/lib/setup/installpkg --root /mnt --terse "/pkg/$pkg"; done < /pkg/_' |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Install slackpkg and it's dependencies |
|
||||
env -i chroot mnt sh -l -c 'while read pkg; do /sbin/installpkg --terse "/pkg/$pkg"; done < /pkg/_' |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Configuration |
|
||||
printf '%s\n' "$mirror/$release/" >> mnt/etc/slackpkg/mirrors |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Compress the package |
|
||||
tar cvJf "$destdir/$release.tar.xz" --sort=name --exclude=./pkg -C mnt . |
|
||||
@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ |
|||||
#!/bin/sh -e |
|
||||
set -e |
|
||||
|
|
||||
if [ "$(id -u)" != 0 ]; then |
|
||||
echo "This script needs root permissions!" 1>&2 |
|
||||
exit 1 |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
if [ "$#" -lt 2 ]; then |
|
||||
echo "Usage: $0 <slackware> <chroot>" 1>&2 |
|
||||
exit 1 |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
slackware="$(realpath "$1")" |
|
||||
chroot="$(realpath "$2")" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
temp="$(mktemp -d -t makechroot.XXXXXX)" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Make sure we clean up properly before exitting |
|
||||
cleanup() { |
|
||||
mountpoint -q "$temp/mnt" && umount "$temp/mnt" |
|
||||
mountpoint -q "$temp/dvd" && umount "$temp/dvd" |
|
||||
rm -rf "$temp" |
|
||||
} |
|
||||
trap 'cleanup' EXIT |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Extract the initrd |
|
||||
cd "$temp" |
|
||||
gzip -cd "$slackware/isolinux/initrd.img" | cpio -id |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Mount the dvd |
|
||||
mkdir dvd |
|
||||
mount --bind "$slackware" dvd |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Mount the destination |
|
||||
mkdir -p "$chroot" |
|
||||
mount --bind "$chroot" mnt |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Install the packages |
|
||||
env -i chroot . sh -l -c ' |
|
||||
/usr/lib/setup/installpkg --root /mnt --terse /dvd/slackware*/*/*.t?z |
|
||||
|
|
||||
cd /mnt |
|
||||
for script in \ |
|
||||
04.mkfontdir \ |
|
||||
05.fontconfig \ |
|
||||
07.update-desktop-database \ |
|
||||
07.update-mime-database \ |
|
||||
08.gtk-update-icon-cache \ |
|
||||
11.cacerts \ |
|
||||
cups-genppdupdate |
|
||||
do |
|
||||
var/log/setup/setup.$script |
|
||||
done |
|
||||
chroot . /usr/bin/update-gtk-immodules > /dev/null 2>&1 |
|
||||
chroot . /usr/bin/update-gdk-pixbuf-loaders > /dev/null 2>&1 |
|
||||
chroot . /usr/bin/update-pango-querymodules > /dev/null 2>&1 |
|
||||
chroot . /usr/bin/glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas > /dev/null 2>&1 |
|
||||
' |
|
||||
# We only run a few setup scripts that do not require user interaction, and deal with updating caches and such, which is not done (properly) by the doinst.sh scripts. |
|
||||
# To get a full list, run: bzcat MANIFEST.bz2 | awk '{print $6}' | grep '^var/log/setup/setup\.' | sort |
|
||||
# Besides the setup scripts, we also need to run some programs which are usually ran from /etc/rc.d/rc.M, but not from the setup scripts. |
|
||||
# This is tailored to Slackware 14.2. I'm unsure whether it'll work properly on any other version. |
|
||||
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ |
|||||
#!/bin/sh |
|
||||
set -e |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# DISCLAIMER |
|
||||
# Don't ever think of installing every single package generated with this script. |
|
||||
# While it *should* not cause any problems, doing so is simply overkill, untested, and not recommended in the least. |
|
||||
|
|
||||
if [ "$#" -lt 2 ]; then |
|
||||
echo "Usage: $0 <slackware> <slackware64> [whitelist]" 1>&2 |
|
||||
exit 1 |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
scriptdir="$(realpath "$(dirname "$0")")" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
slackware="$1" |
|
||||
slackware64="$2" |
|
||||
whitelist="$3" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
find "$slackware" -type f -name "*.t?z" -printf '%P\n' | sort | while read -r pkg; do |
|
||||
# See /sbin/installpkg |
|
||||
pkgbase="$(echo "$pkg" | sed -e 's?.*/??;s/\.t[bglx]z$//')" |
|
||||
pkgext="$(echo "$pkg" | sed -e 's?.*/??;s/.*\.\(t[bglx]z\)$/\1/')" |
|
||||
pkgname="$(echo "$pkgbase" | sed -e 's?-[^-]*-[^-]*-[^-]*$??')" |
|
||||
pkgver="$(echo "$pkgbase" | sed -e 's?.*-\([^-]*\)-[^-]*-[^-]*$?\1?')" |
|
||||
pkgarch="$(echo "$pkgbase" | sed -e 's?.*-[^-]*-\([^-]*\)-[^-]*$?\1?')" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
if [ "$whitelist" ]; then |
|
||||
if ! grep -v '^#' "$whitelist" | fgrep -xq "$pkgname"; then |
|
||||
continue |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
case "$pkgarch" in |
|
||||
i?86) pkgarch=x86_64 ;; |
|
||||
# Architecture-independent stuff |
|
||||
noarch|fw) continue ;; |
|
||||
# Only kernel-headers uses x86 as pkgarch. That doesn't need conversion. |
|
||||
x86) continue ;; |
|
||||
*) |
|
||||
echo "WARNING: Package '$pkg' has an unsupported architecture: '$pkgarch'" |
|
||||
exit |
|
||||
;; |
|
||||
esac |
|
||||
|
|
||||
if [ ! -f "$slackware64/$(dirname "$pkg")/$pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgarch-"*".$pkgext" ]; then |
|
||||
echo "WARNING: Package '$pkg' doesn't exist in slackware64, or there were multiple with different build versions." |
|
||||
continue |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
rpkg="$(realpath "$slackware/$pkg")" |
|
||||
rpkg64="$(realpath "$slackware64/$(dirname "$pkg")/$pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgarch-"*".$pkgext")" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
mkdir -p "$(dirname "$pkg")" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
( cd "$(dirname "$pkg")" |
|
||||
"$scriptdir/convert32pkg.sh" "$rpkg" "$rpkg64" |
|
||||
) |
|
||||
done |
|
||||
@ -1,188 +0,0 @@ |
|||||
#!/bin/sh |
|
||||
set -e |
|
||||
|
|
||||
gpgkey='' |
|
||||
timestamp="$(LC_ALL=C date -u)" |
|
||||
cachedir='.cache' |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Cleanup |
|
||||
if [ "$1" = 'clean' ]; then |
|
||||
rm -rf "$cachedir" ChangeLog.txt PACKAGES.TXT MANIFEST.bz2 FILELIST.TXT CHECKSUMS.md5 CHECKSUMS.md5.asc GPG-KEY |
|
||||
find . -regex '.*\.t[bglx]z$' | while read -r package; do |
|
||||
pkgbase="$(echo "$package" | sed 's?.*/??;s/\.t[bglx]z$//')" |
|
||||
rm -f "$(dirname "$package")/$pkgbase.txt" |
|
||||
rm -f "$package.asc" |
|
||||
done |
|
||||
|
|
||||
exit |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
mkdir -p "$cachedir" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Process all packages |
|
||||
find . -regex '.*\.t[bglx]z$' | while read -r package; do |
|
||||
case "$package" in |
|
||||
*.tgz) |
|
||||
tool=gzip |
|
||||
;; |
|
||||
*.tbz) |
|
||||
tool=bzip2 |
|
||||
;; |
|
||||
*.tlz) |
|
||||
tool=lzma |
|
||||
;; |
|
||||
*.txz) |
|
||||
tool=xz |
|
||||
;; |
|
||||
esac |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# See the pkgbase and package_name functions in /sbin/installpkg |
|
||||
pkgbase="$(echo "$package" | sed 's?.*/??;s/\.t[bglx]z$//')" |
|
||||
pkgdir="$(dirname "$package")" |
|
||||
pkgname="$(echo "$pkgbase" | sed 's?-[^-]*-[^-]*-[^-]*$??')" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
pkgtxt="$pkgdir/$pkgbase.txt" |
|
||||
pkgmeta="$cachedir/$pkgdir/$pkgbase.meta" |
|
||||
pkgmanifest="$cachedir/$pkgdir/$pkgbase.manifest" |
|
||||
pkgsize="$cachedir/$pkgdir/$pkgbase.size" |
|
||||
pkgusize="$cachedir/$pkgdir/$pkgbase.usize" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
pkgsum="$cachedir/$pkgdir/$pkgbase.checksum" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
if [ -f "$pkgtxt" -a \ |
|
||||
-f "$pkgmeta" -a \ |
|
||||
-f "$pkgmanifest" -a \ |
|
||||
-f "$pkgsize" -a \ |
|
||||
-f "$pkgusize" -a \ |
|
||||
-f "$pkgsum" ]; then |
|
||||
if [ "$gpgkey" ]; then |
|
||||
if [ -f "$package.asc" ]; then |
|
||||
md5sum --status -c "$pkgsum" && continue |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
else |
|
||||
md5sum --status -c "$pkgsum" && continue |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
echo "Adding $package..." |
|
||||
mkdir -p "$cachedir/$pkgdir" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Decompress the package |
|
||||
tmppkg="$(mktemp)" |
|
||||
$tool -cd "$package" > "$tmppkg" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Get package size |
|
||||
du -k "$package" | cut -f 1 > "$pkgsize" |
|
||||
du -k "$tmppkg" | cut -f 1 > "$pkgusize" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Generate .txt file (see /usr/bin/slackdtxt) |
|
||||
(tar xOf "$tmppkg" install/slack-desc 2> /dev/null || echo "$pkgname:") | egrep -v '^($|#| *\|)' > "$pkgtxt" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Create manifest for this package |
|
||||
cat > "$pkgmanifest" << EOF |
|
||||
++======================================== |
|
||||
|| |
|
||||
|| Package: $package |
|
||||
|| |
|
||||
++======================================== |
|
||||
$(TZ=EST tar tvvf "$tmppkg") |
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
EOF |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Create metadata for this package |
|
||||
# Source for the sed line: https://stackoverflow.com/questions/1444406/how-can-i-delete-duplicate-lines-in-a-file-in-unix#1444433 |
|
||||
cat > "$pkgmeta" << EOF |
|
||||
PACKAGE NAME: $(basename "$package") |
|
||||
PACKAGE LOCATION: $pkgdir |
|
||||
PACKAGE SIZE (compressed): $(cat "$pkgsize" | xargs) K |
|
||||
PACKAGE SIZE (uncompressed): $(cat "$pkgusize" | xargs) K |
|
||||
PACKAGE DESCRIPTION: |
|
||||
$(cat "$pkgtxt" | sed -e '$!N; /^\(.*\)\n\1$/!P; D') |
|
||||
|
|
||||
EOF |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Sign the package |
|
||||
rm -f "$package.asc" |
|
||||
[ "$gpgkey" ] && gpg -bas --use-agent --batch -u "$gpgkey" "$package" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Remove decompressed package |
|
||||
rm -f "$tmppkg" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Save checksum |
|
||||
md5sum "$package" > "$pkgsum" |
|
||||
done |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Generate shitty ChangeLog.txt |
|
||||
echo "$timestamp" > ChangeLog.txt |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Create GPG-KEY |
|
||||
if [ "$gpgkey" ]; then |
|
||||
gpg --list-keys "$gpgkey" > GPG-KEY |
|
||||
gpg -a --export "$gpgkey" >> GPG-KEY |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Generate PACKAGES.TXT |
|
||||
echo "Generating PACKAGES.TXT..." |
|
||||
|
|
||||
cat > PACKAGES.TXT << EOF |
|
||||
|
|
||||
PACKAGES.TXT; $timestamp |
|
||||
|
|
||||
This file provides details on the Slackware packages found |
|
||||
in this directory. |
|
||||
|
|
||||
Total size of all packages (compressed): $(expr \( 0$(find "$cachedir" -type f -name '*.size' | xargs cat | xargs printf ' + %s') \) / 1024 || true) MB |
|
||||
Total size of all packages (uncompressed): $(expr \( 0$(find "$cachedir" -type f -name '*.usize' | xargs cat | xargs printf ' + %s') \) / 1024 || true) MB |
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
EOF |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# https://stackoverflow.com/questions/4255603/sort-files-by-basename#4256095 |
|
||||
find "$cachedir" -type f -name '*.meta' | perl -e 'print sort{($p=$a)=~s!.*/!!;($q=$b)=~s!.*/!!;$p cmp$q}<>' | xargs cat >> PACKAGES.TXT |
|
||||
|
|
||||
echo >> PACKAGES.TXT |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Generate MANIFEST.bz2 |
|
||||
echo "Generating MANIFEST.bz2..." |
|
||||
find "$cachedir" -type f -name '*.manifest' | sort | xargs cat | bzip2 -9 -z > MANIFEST.bz2 |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Generate FILELIST.TXT |
|
||||
echo "Generating FILELIST.TXT..." |
|
||||
|
|
||||
cat > FILELIST.TXT << EOF |
|
||||
$timestamp |
|
||||
|
|
||||
Here is the file list for this directory. If you are using a |
|
||||
mirror site and find missing or extra files in the disk |
|
||||
subdirectories, please have the archive administrator refresh |
|
||||
the mirror. |
|
||||
|
|
||||
EOF |
|
||||
find . ! -path "./$cachedir/*" -a ! -name "$cachedir" | sort | xargs fakeroot ls -ld --time-style=long-iso > FILELIST.TXT |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Generate CHECKSUMS.md5 |
|
||||
echo "Generating CHECKSUMS.md5..." |
|
||||
|
|
||||
cat > CHECKSUMS.md5 << EOF |
|
||||
These are the MD5 message digests for the files in this directory. |
|
||||
If you want to test your files, use 'md5sum' and compare the values to |
|
||||
the ones listed here. |
|
||||
|
|
||||
To test all these files, use this command: |
|
||||
|
|
||||
tail +13 CHECKSUMS.md5 | md5sum -c --quiet - | less |
|
||||
|
|
||||
'md5sum' can be found in the GNU coreutils package on ftp.gnu.org in |
|
||||
/pub/gnu, or at any GNU mirror site. |
|
||||
|
|
||||
MD5 message digest Filename |
|
||||
EOF |
|
||||
find . -type f -a ! -path "./$cachedir/*" | sort | xargs md5sum >> CHECKSUMS.md5 |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Sign CHECKSUMS.md5 |
|
||||
rm -f CHECKSUMS.md5.asc |
|
||||
[ "$gpgkey" ] && gpg -bas --use-agent --batch -u "$gpgkey" CHECKSUMS.md5 |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Remove tmpdir |
|
||||
rm -rf "$tmpdir" |
|
||||
@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ |
|||||
#!/bin/sh |
|
||||
set -eu |
|
||||
|
|
||||
if [ "$(id -u)" != 0 ]; then |
|
||||
echo "This script needs root permissions!" 1>&2 |
|
||||
exit 1 |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
if [ "$#" -lt 1 ]; then |
|
||||
echo "Usage: $0 [-a arch] [-m mirror] <chroot>" 1>&2 |
|
||||
exit 1 |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
arch="$(uname -m)" |
|
||||
mirror='https://mirrors.slackware.com/slackware/slackware64-current' |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Minimal amount of packages required to run installpkg, removepkg, upgradepkg, explodepkg and makepkg |
|
||||
# All of these exist in the 'a' package set |
|
||||
packages_pkgtools=' |
|
||||
aaa_base |
|
||||
aaa_elflibs |
|
||||
bash |
|
||||
coreutils |
|
||||
etc |
|
||||
findutils |
|
||||
glibc-solibs |
|
||||
grep |
|
||||
pkgtools |
|
||||
sed |
|
||||
tar |
|
||||
util-linux |
|
||||
which |
|
||||
xz |
|
||||
' |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Minimal amount of packages required to run slackpkg without the dialog interface |
|
||||
# Supporting https, gpg, and upgrade-all. |
|
||||
# These exist over the 'a', 'ap', 'n' and 'l' package sets |
|
||||
# ca-certificates needs to be installed after openssl for the doinst.sh to run correctly |
|
||||
packages_extra=' |
|
||||
bzip2 |
|
||||
diffutils |
|
||||
gawk |
|
||||
gnupg |
|
||||
gzip |
|
||||
libpsl |
|
||||
libunistring |
|
||||
pcre2 |
|
||||
slackpkg |
|
||||
wget |
|
||||
|
|
||||
openssl |
|
||||
ca-certificates |
|
||||
' |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Parse arguments |
|
||||
while getopts "a:m:" opt; do |
|
||||
case "$opt" in |
|
||||
a) arch="$OPTARG" ;; |
|
||||
m) |
|
||||
if [ -d "$OPTARG" ]; then |
|
||||
mirror="$(realpath "$OPTARG")" |
|
||||
else |
|
||||
mirror="$OPTARG" |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
;; |
|
||||
esac |
|
||||
done |
|
||||
shift $(expr $OPTIND - 1) |
|
||||
[ "$#" -ge 1 ] && [ "$1" = "--" ] && shift |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Build final variables |
|
||||
case "$arch" in |
|
||||
x86_64) pkgmain='slackware64' ;; |
|
||||
*) pkgmain='slackware' ;; |
|
||||
esac |
|
||||
initrd='isolinux/initrd.img' |
|
||||
checksums='CHECKSUMS.md5' |
|
||||
chroot="$(realpath "$1")" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Create working directory |
|
||||
temp="$(mktemp -d -t "$(basename "$0")".XXXXXX)" |
|
||||
cleanup() { |
|
||||
if mountpoint -q "$temp/mnt/pkg"; then |
|
||||
umount "$temp/mnt/pkg" |
|
||||
rmdir "$temp/mnt/pkg" |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
mountpoint -q "$temp/mnt" && umount "$temp/mnt" |
|
||||
rm -rf "$temp" |
|
||||
} |
|
||||
trap 'cleanup' EXIT |
|
||||
cd "$temp" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Function to download (or copy) a file |
|
||||
get() { |
|
||||
if [ -d "$mirror" ]; then |
|
||||
cp "$mirror/$1" "$2" |
|
||||
else |
|
||||
wget "$mirror/$1" -O "$2" |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
} |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Function to verify files based on the checksums file |
|
||||
check() { |
|
||||
printf '%s' "$(tail +13 CHECKSUMS.md5 | grep "^[0-9a-f]* ./$1$" | cut -d ' ' -f 1) $2" | md5sum -c --quiet - |
|
||||
} |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Get the full path to a package |
|
||||
package() { |
|
||||
tail +13 CHECKSUMS.md5 | grep "^[0-9a-f]* ./$pkgmain/[^/]*/$1-[^-]*-[^-]*-[^-]*\.t.z$" | cut -d ' ' -f 3- | cut -c 3- |
|
||||
} |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Download checksums |
|
||||
get "$checksums" CHECKSUMS.md5 |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Download installer initrd.img |
|
||||
get "$initrd" initrd.img |
|
||||
check "$initrd" initrd.img |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Unpack and prepare the installer |
|
||||
xz -cd initrd.img | cpio -id |
|
||||
rm -f initrd.img |
|
||||
mkdir -p pkg "$chroot" |
|
||||
mount --bind "$chroot" mnt |
|
||||
mkdir -p mnt/pkg |
|
||||
mount --bind pkg mnt/pkg |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Download packages |
|
||||
for pkg in $packages_pkgtools $packages_extra; do |
|
||||
path="$(package "$pkg")" |
|
||||
name="$(basename "$path")" |
|
||||
get "$path" "pkg/$name" |
|
||||
check "$path" "pkg/$name" |
|
||||
done |
|
||||
for pkg in $packages_pkgtools; do echo "$(basename "$(package "$pkg")")" >> pkg/__; done |
|
||||
for pkg in $packages_extra; do echo "$(basename "$(package "$pkg")")" >> pkg/_; done |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Bootstrap pkgtools and its dependencies |
|
||||
env -i chroot . sh -l -c 'while read pkg; do /sbin/installpkg --root /mnt --terse "/pkg/$pkg"; done < /pkg/__' |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Install slackpkg and its dependencies |
|
||||
env -i chroot mnt sh -l -c 'while read pkg; do /sbin/installpkg --terse "/pkg/$pkg"; done < /pkg/_' |
|
||||
@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ |
|||||
#!/bin/sh -e |
|
||||
set -e |
|
||||
|
|
||||
if [ "$(id -u)" != 0 ]; then |
|
||||
echo "This script needs root permissions!" 1>&2 |
|
||||
exit 1 |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
if [ "$#" -lt 2 ]; then |
|
||||
echo "Usage: $0 <slackware> <chroot>" 1>&2 |
|
||||
exit 1 |
|
||||
fi |
|
||||
|
|
||||
slackware="$(realpath "$1")" |
|
||||
chroot="$(realpath "$2")" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
temp="$(mktemp -d -t makechroot.XXXXXX)" |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Make sure we clean up properly before exitting |
|
||||
cleanup() { |
|
||||
mountpoint -q "$temp/mnt" && umount "$temp/mnt" |
|
||||
mountpoint -q "$temp/dvd" && umount "$temp/dvd" |
|
||||
rm -rf "$temp" |
|
||||
} |
|
||||
trap 'cleanup' EXIT |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Extract the initrd |
|
||||
cd "$temp" |
|
||||
xz -cd "$slackware/isolinux/initrd.img" | cpio -id |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Mount the dvd |
|
||||
mkdir dvd |
|
||||
mount --bind "$slackware" dvd |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Mount the destination |
|
||||
mkdir -p "$chroot" |
|
||||
mount --bind "$chroot" mnt |
|
||||
|
|
||||
# Install the packages |
|
||||
env -i chroot . sh -l -c ' |
|
||||
/sbin/installpkg --root /mnt --terse /dvd/slackware*/*/*.t?z |
|
||||
|
|
||||
cd /mnt |
|
||||
for script in \ |
|
||||
04.mkfontdir \ |
|
||||
05.fontconfig \ |
|
||||
07.update-desktop-database \ |
|
||||
07.update-mime-database \ |
|
||||
08.gtk-update-icon-cache \ |
|
||||
11.cacerts \ |
|
||||
cups-genppdupdate |
|
||||
do |
|
||||
var/lib/pkgtools/setup/setup.$script |
|
||||
done |
|
||||
chroot . /usr/bin/update-gtk-immodules > /dev/null 2>&1 |
|
||||
HOME=/root chroot . /usr/bin/update-gdk-pixbuf-loaders > /dev/null 2>&1 |
|
||||
chroot . /usr/bin/update-pango-querymodules > /dev/null 2>&1 |
|
||||
chroot . /usr/bin/glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas > /dev/null 2>&1 |
|
||||
' |
|
||||
# We only run a few setup scripts that do not require user interaction, and deal with updating caches and such, which is not done (properly) by the doinst.sh scripts. |
|
||||
# To get a full list, run: bzcat MANIFEST.bz2 | awk '{print $6}' | grep '^var/log/setup/setup\.' | sort |
|
||||
# Besides the setup scripts, we also need to run some programs which are usually ran from /etc/rc.d/rc.M, but not from the setup scripts. |
|
||||
# This is tailored to Slackware 15.0-current, I'm unsure whether it'll work properly on any other version. |
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ |
|||||
|
#!/bin/sh |
||||
|
config() { |
||||
|
NEW="$1" |
||||
|
OLD="$(dirname $NEW)/$(basename $NEW .new)" |
||||
|
ORIGMD5="$2" |
||||
|
# If there's no config file by that name, mv it over: |
||||
|
if [ ! -r $OLD ]; then |
||||
|
mv $NEW $OLD |
||||
|
elif [ "$(cat $OLD | md5sum)" = "$(cat $NEW | md5sum)" ]; then # toss the redundant copy |
||||
|
rm $NEW |
||||
|
elif [ "$ORIGMD5" ] && [ "$(cat $OLD | md5sum)" = "$ORIGMD5 -" ]; then |
||||
|
mv $OLD $OLD.orig |
||||
|
mv $NEW $OLD |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
# Otherwise, we leave the .new copy for the admin to consider... |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
|
||||
|
rmconfig() { |
||||
|
CFG="$1" |
||||
|
ORIGMD5="$2" |
||||
|
if [ -r $CFG ] && [ "$(cat $CFG | md5sum)" = "$ORIGMD5 -" ]; then |
||||
|
mv $CFG $CFG.orig |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
|
||||
|
rmconfig etc/asound.conf 94423887ed53ea0c17db9f9aeb2a40a6 |
||||
|
|
||||
@ -1,15 +1,88 @@ |
|||||
This repo contains all my slackware modifications of the base install. |
Changes: |
||||
Additional packages are contained in RocketLinux and built in a non-standard manner. |
|
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.M: |
||||
This branch contains a few scripts I use, related to slackware. |
- Added entry for dhcpcd |
||||
|
- Added entry for psd |
||||
- kernel.SlackBuild is capable of building a near-identical slackware kernel |
|
||||
- convert32pkg.sh converts a 32bit package to be installable on 64bit (by |
/etc/rc.d/rc.S: |
||||
removing everything present in the 64bit package). |
- Removed useless sleep before mounting local filesystems |
||||
It is only designed to support some packages in the official slackware iso, |
- Create /run/user |
||||
because there's all kinds of packages that need special treatment, |
|
||||
especially for their doinst.sh scripts. |
/etc/rc.d/rc.6: |
||||
- massconvert32.sh calls convert32pkg.sh over an entire package directory |
- Added saving alsa sound state if /etc/rc.d/rc.alsa is executable |
||||
- update-repo.sh is my shitty implementation of a slackware repo generator, |
- Added entry for psd |
||||
that tries to generate everything as close to the official slackware repo as |
|
||||
possible. |
/etc/rc.d/rc.dhcpcd: |
||||
|
- Just run dhcpcd on boot |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.alsa: |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.dnsmasq: |
||||
|
- Just added a newline at the end to differentiate from the original and set the permissions to 755 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.psd: |
||||
|
- Start the Profile-Sync-Daemon |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/profile.d/wheel-path.sh: |
||||
|
- Added sbin paths to the PATH for users in the wheel group |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/profile.d/unset-less.sh: |
||||
|
- Removed LESS variable to fix colors in git log |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/profile.d/xdg-runtime-dir.sh: |
||||
|
- Create/Set XDG_RUNTIME_DIR properly |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/sudoers.d/wheel: |
||||
|
- Allow all users in the wheel group to access sudo |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/sysctl.d/swappiness.conf: |
||||
|
- Set healthy swappiness values for desktop workloads |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/udev/rules.d/10-ioscheds.rules: |
||||
|
- Give static drives a good scheduler |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/udev/rules.d/50-plugdev.rules: |
||||
|
- Allow users to access some common external devices |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/cron.hourly/psd: |
||||
|
- Resync /etc/rc.d/rc.psd on a hourly basis, if enabled |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/cron.weekly/fstrim: |
||||
|
- Trim any available SSDs on a weekly basis |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/slackpkg/slackpkg.conf: |
||||
|
- Disable the dialog interface |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/slackpkg/blacklist: |
||||
|
- List of packages I usually remove from a slackware base install |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/fonts/conf.d: |
||||
|
/etc/fonts/local.conf: |
||||
|
- Make fonts a bit nicer |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/dhcpcd.conf: |
||||
|
- Removed nohook for wpa_supplicant, to run it on every wireless interface |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/dnsmasq.conf: |
||||
|
- Set listen-address to 127.0.0.1 to open it up only locally |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/ntp.conf: |
||||
|
- Uncommented all default NTP servers |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/resolv.conf.head: |
||||
|
- Set the default nameserver to 127.0.0.1, where dnsmasq should be running |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf: |
||||
|
- Set ctrl_interface_group to netdev, to allow non-root users to connect to the daemon |
||||
|
- Allow the config to be updated by the daemon |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/X11/xinit/xinitrc.i3: |
||||
|
- Added xinitrc file for the i3 window system |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-synaptics.conf: |
||||
|
- Set up my preferred mousepad settings |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/usr/share/vim/vimrc: |
||||
|
- Don't create backup or undo files |
||||
|
|
||||
|
/usr/libexec/slackpkg/functions.d/post-functions.sh: |
||||
|
- Adapted the looknew() algorithm to find all the .new files |
||||
|
|||||
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ |
|||||
|
#!/bin/sh |
||||
|
|
||||
|
PKGNAM=rocket-config |
||||
|
VERSION=14.2 |
||||
|
BUILD=${BUILD:-$(git rev-list HEAD --count)rocket} |
||||
|
ARCH=noarch |
||||
|
|
||||
|
CWD=$(pwd) |
||||
|
TMP=${TMP:-/tmp} |
||||
|
PKG=$TMP/package-rocket-config |
||||
|
rm -rf $PKG |
||||
|
mkdir -p $TMP $PKG |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Install package metadata |
||||
|
mkdir -p $PKG/install |
||||
|
cat $CWD/slack-desc > $PKG/install/slack-desc |
||||
|
cat $CWD/doinst.sh > $PKG/install/doinst.sh |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Install package docs |
||||
|
mkdir -p $PKG/usr/doc/$PKGNAM-$VERSION |
||||
|
cat $CWD/readme.txt > $PKG/usr/doc/$PKGNAM-$VERSION/readme.txt |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Install all config files |
||||
|
find $CWD/root -type f ! -name '*.orig' -printf '%P\n' | while read config; do |
||||
|
case "$config" in |
||||
|
usr/libexec/slackpkg/functions.d/*) |
||||
|
echo Installing /$config |
||||
|
install -Dm644 $CWD/root/$config $PKG/$config |
||||
|
continue |
||||
|
esac |
||||
|
|
||||
|
echo Installing /$config |
||||
|
install -Dm644 $CWD/root/$config $PKG/$config.new |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Add config lines to doinst.sh |
||||
|
if [ -r $CWD/root/$config.orig ]; then |
||||
|
echo config $config.new $(md5sum $CWD/root/$config.orig | cut -d ' ' -f 1) >> $PKG/install/doinst.sh |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo config $config.new >> $PKG/install/doinst.sh |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set some special permissions |
||||
|
chmod 755 $PKG/etc/rc.d/rc.* \ |
||||
|
$PKG/etc/X11/xinit/* \ |
||||
|
$PKG/etc/profile.d/* \ |
||||
|
$PKG/etc/cron.*/* \ |
||||
|
$PKG/usr/libexec/slackpkg/functions.d/* |
||||
|
chmod 750 $PKG/etc/sudoers.d |
||||
|
chmod 440 $PKG/etc/sudoers.d/* |
||||
|
chmod 600 $PKG/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf.new |
||||
|
|
||||
|
cd $PKG |
||||
|
/sbin/makepkg -l y -c n $TMP/$PKGNAM-$VERSION-$ARCH-$BUILD.txz |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ |
|||||
|
#!/bin/sh |
||||
|
# $XConsortium: xinitrc.cpp,v 1.4 91/08/22 11:41:34 rws Exp $ |
||||
|
|
||||
|
userresources=$HOME/.Xresources |
||||
|
usermodmap=$HOME/.Xmodmap |
||||
|
sysresources=/etc/X11/xinit/.Xresources |
||||
|
sysmodmap=/etc/X11/xinit/.Xmodmap |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# merge in defaults and keymaps |
||||
|
|
||||
|
if [ -f $sysresources ]; then |
||||
|
xrdb -merge $sysresources |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
if [ -f $sysmodmap ]; then |
||||
|
xmodmap $sysmodmap |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
if [ -f $userresources ]; then |
||||
|
xrdb -merge $userresources |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
if [ -f $usermodmap ]; then |
||||
|
xmodmap $usermodmap |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the window manager: |
||||
|
if [ -z "$DESKTOP_SESSION" -a -x /usr/bin/ck-launch-session ]; then |
||||
|
exec ck-launch-session /usr/bin/i3 |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
exec /usr/bin/i3 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ |
|||||
|
Section "InputClass" |
||||
|
Identifier "touchpad" |
||||
|
Driver "synaptics" |
||||
|
MatchDevicePath "/dev/input/event*" |
||||
|
MatchIsTouchpad "on" |
||||
|
Option "TapButton1" "1" |
||||
|
Option "TapButton2" "2" |
||||
|
Option "TapButton3" "3" |
||||
|
Option "VertEdgeScroll" "off" |
||||
|
Option "VertTwoFingerScroll" "on" |
||||
|
Option "HorizEdgeScroll" "off" |
||||
|
Option "HorizTwoFingerScroll" "on" |
||||
|
EndSection |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ |
|||||
|
# Setup: mkdir -p /var/cache/astronaut && chmod a+wt /var/cache/astronaut |
||||
|
|
||||
|
dir_build="/tmp/astronaut.$(id -u)/build" |
||||
|
dir_install="/tmp/astronaut.$(id -u)/install" |
||||
|
dir_source='/var/cache/astronaut' |
||||
|
|
||||
|
[ "$(uname -m)" = "x86_64" ] && dir_lib='lib64' |
||||
|
dir_sysconf='../etc' |
||||
|
dir_localstate='../var' |
||||
|
dir_man='man' |
||||
|
dir_doc='doc' |
||||
|
dir_info='info' |
||||
|
|
||||
|
export LDFLAGS="-L/$dir_prefix/$dir_lib" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
wrapper_pkgtools_compression='tgz' |
||||
|
|
||||
|
options='patch,!gtk3,!pam' |
||||
|
package_options() { |
||||
|
case "$1" in |
||||
|
astronaut) echo 'pkgtools,helpers' ;; |
||||
|
i3) echo 'gaps' ;; |
||||
|
python3) echo '!2to3-symlink' ;; |
||||
|
python3-setuptools) echo '!easy_install-symlink' ;; |
||||
|
wine) echo 'wine32=lib' ;; |
||||
|
nxengine-evo) echo 'console_key=-' ;; |
||||
|
qemu) echo 'targets=x86_64-softmmu i386-softmmu' ;; |
||||
|
esac |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
|
||||
|
export CFLAGS="-march=native -pipe -O2" |
||||
|
#export CFLAGS="-march=native -pipe -O3 -fgraphite-identity -ftree-loop-distribution -floop-nest-optimize -flto=$(nproc) -fuse-linker-plugin" |
||||
|
#export LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $CFLAGS -Wl,--as-needed -Wl,--hash-style=gnu" |
||||
|
export CXXFLAGS="$CFLAGS" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
export MAKEFLAGS="${MAKEFLAGS:--j $(nproc)}" |
||||
|
export WAFFLAGS="$MAKEFLAGS" |
||||
|
export BAMFLAGS="$MAKEFLAGS" |
||||
|
export NINJAFLAGS="$MAKEFLAGS" |
||||
|
export NINJA_STATUS='[%p %f/%t] ' |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ |
|||||
|
#!/bin/sh |
||||
|
# Tell Profile-sync-daemon to resync |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.psd ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.psd start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ |
|||||
|
#!/bin/sh |
||||
|
fstrim -a |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ |
|||||
|
# Specify for which interfaces you want dhcpcd to run |
||||
|
#IFACES="" |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ |
|||||
|
# Users for which psd should be enabled |
||||
|
#USERS="" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If $USERS is empty, scan for users that run psd and store them in this file. |
||||
|
#USERS_CACHE="/run/psd-users.cache" |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ |
|||||
|
# A sample configuration for dhcpcd. |
||||
|
# See dhcpcd.conf(5) for details. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Allow users of this group to interact with dhcpcd via the control socket. |
||||
|
#controlgroup wheel |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Inform the DHCP server of our hostname for DDNS. |
||||
|
hostname |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Use the hardware address of the interface for the Client ID. |
||||
|
#clientid |
||||
|
# or |
||||
|
# Use the same DUID + IAID as set in DHCPv6 for DHCPv4 ClientID as per RFC4361. |
||||
|
# Some non-RFC compliant DHCP servers do not reply with this set. |
||||
|
# In this case, comment out duid and enable clientid above. |
||||
|
duid |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Persist interface configuration when dhcpcd exits. |
||||
|
persistent |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Rapid commit support. |
||||
|
# Safe to enable by default because it requires the equivalent option set |
||||
|
# on the server to actually work. |
||||
|
option rapid_commit |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# A list of options to request from the DHCP server. |
||||
|
option domain_name_servers, domain_name, domain_search, host_name |
||||
|
option classless_static_routes |
||||
|
# Most distributions have NTP support. |
||||
|
option ntp_servers |
||||
|
# Respect the network MTU. |
||||
|
# Some interface drivers reset when changing the MTU so disabled by default. |
||||
|
#option interface_mtu |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# A ServerID is required by RFC2131. |
||||
|
require dhcp_server_identifier |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Generate Stable Private IPv6 Addresses instead of hardware based ones |
||||
|
slaac private |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# A hook script is provided to lookup the hostname if not set by the DHCP |
||||
|
# server, but it should not be run by default. |
||||
|
nohook lookup-hostname |
||||
|
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ |
|||||
|
# A sample configuration for dhcpcd. |
||||
|
# See dhcpcd.conf(5) for details. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Allow users of this group to interact with dhcpcd via the control socket. |
||||
|
#controlgroup wheel |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Inform the DHCP server of our hostname for DDNS. |
||||
|
hostname |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Use the hardware address of the interface for the Client ID. |
||||
|
#clientid |
||||
|
# or |
||||
|
# Use the same DUID + IAID as set in DHCPv6 for DHCPv4 ClientID as per RFC4361. |
||||
|
# Some non-RFC compliant DHCP servers do not reply with this set. |
||||
|
# In this case, comment out duid and enable clientid above. |
||||
|
duid |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Persist interface configuration when dhcpcd exits. |
||||
|
persistent |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Rapid commit support. |
||||
|
# Safe to enable by default because it requires the equivalent option set |
||||
|
# on the server to actually work. |
||||
|
option rapid_commit |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# A list of options to request from the DHCP server. |
||||
|
option domain_name_servers, domain_name, domain_search, host_name |
||||
|
option classless_static_routes |
||||
|
# Most distributions have NTP support. |
||||
|
option ntp_servers |
||||
|
# Respect the network MTU. |
||||
|
# Some interface drivers reset when changing the MTU so disabled by default. |
||||
|
#option interface_mtu |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# A ServerID is required by RFC2131. |
||||
|
require dhcp_server_identifier |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Generate Stable Private IPv6 Addresses instead of hardware based ones |
||||
|
slaac private |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# A hook script is provided to lookup the hostname if not set by the DHCP |
||||
|
# server, but it should not be run by default. |
||||
|
nohook lookup-hostname |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# We run wpa_supplicant from rc.inet1 and/or NM handles it on its own |
||||
|
nohook wpa_supplicant |
||||
|
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,666 @@ |
|||||
|
# Configuration file for dnsmasq. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Format is one option per line, legal options are the same |
||||
|
# as the long options legal on the command line. See |
||||
|
# "/usr/sbin/dnsmasq --help" or "man 8 dnsmasq" for details. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Listen on this specific port instead of the standard DNS port |
||||
|
# (53). Setting this to zero completely disables DNS function, |
||||
|
# leaving only DHCP and/or TFTP. |
||||
|
#port=5353 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# The following two options make you a better netizen, since they |
||||
|
# tell dnsmasq to filter out queries which the public DNS cannot |
||||
|
# answer, and which load the servers (especially the root servers) |
||||
|
# unnecessarily. If you have a dial-on-demand link they also stop |
||||
|
# these requests from bringing up the link unnecessarily. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Never forward plain names (without a dot or domain part) |
||||
|
#domain-needed |
||||
|
# Never forward addresses in the non-routed address spaces. |
||||
|
#bogus-priv |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Uncomment these to enable DNSSEC validation and caching: |
||||
|
# (Requires dnsmasq to be built with DNSSEC option.) |
||||
|
#conf-file=%%PREFIX%%/share/dnsmasq/trust-anchors.conf |
||||
|
#dnssec |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Replies which are not DNSSEC signed may be legitimate, because the domain |
||||
|
# is unsigned, or may be forgeries. Setting this option tells dnsmasq to |
||||
|
# check that an unsigned reply is OK, by finding a secure proof that a DS |
||||
|
# record somewhere between the root and the domain does not exist. |
||||
|
# The cost of setting this is that even queries in unsigned domains will need |
||||
|
# one or more extra DNS queries to verify. |
||||
|
#dnssec-check-unsigned |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Uncomment this to filter useless windows-originated DNS requests |
||||
|
# which can trigger dial-on-demand links needlessly. |
||||
|
# Note that (amongst other things) this blocks all SRV requests, |
||||
|
# so don't use it if you use eg Kerberos, SIP, XMMP or Google-talk. |
||||
|
# This option only affects forwarding, SRV records originating for |
||||
|
# dnsmasq (via srv-host= lines) are not suppressed by it. |
||||
|
#filterwin2k |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Change this line if you want dns to get its upstream servers from |
||||
|
# somewhere other that /etc/resolv.conf |
||||
|
#resolv-file= |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# By default, dnsmasq will send queries to any of the upstream |
||||
|
# servers it knows about and tries to favour servers to are known |
||||
|
# to be up. Uncommenting this forces dnsmasq to try each query |
||||
|
# with each server strictly in the order they appear in |
||||
|
# /etc/resolv.conf |
||||
|
#strict-order |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you don't want dnsmasq to read /etc/resolv.conf or any other |
||||
|
# file, getting its servers from this file instead (see below), then |
||||
|
# uncomment this. |
||||
|
#no-resolv |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you don't want dnsmasq to poll /etc/resolv.conf or other resolv |
||||
|
# files for changes and re-read them then uncomment this. |
||||
|
#no-poll |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Add other name servers here, with domain specs if they are for |
||||
|
# non-public domains. |
||||
|
#server=/localnet/192.168.0.1 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Example of routing PTR queries to nameservers: this will send all |
||||
|
# address->name queries for 192.168.3/24 to nameserver 10.1.2.3 |
||||
|
#server=/3.168.192.in-addr.arpa/10.1.2.3 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Add local-only domains here, queries in these domains are answered |
||||
|
# from /etc/hosts or DHCP only. |
||||
|
#local=/localnet/ |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Add domains which you want to force to an IP address here. |
||||
|
# The example below send any host in double-click.net to a local |
||||
|
# web-server. |
||||
|
#address=/double-click.net/127.0.0.1 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# --address (and --server) work with IPv6 addresses too. |
||||
|
#address=/www.thekelleys.org.uk/fe80::20d:60ff:fe36:f83 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Add the IPs of all queries to yahoo.com, google.com, and their |
||||
|
# subdomains to the vpn and search ipsets: |
||||
|
#ipset=/yahoo.com/google.com/vpn,search |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# You can control how dnsmasq talks to a server: this forces |
||||
|
# queries to 10.1.2.3 to be routed via eth1 |
||||
|
# server=10.1.2.3@eth1 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# and this sets the source (ie local) address used to talk to |
||||
|
# 10.1.2.3 to 192.168.1.1 port 55 (there must be a interface with that |
||||
|
# IP on the machine, obviously). |
||||
|
# server=10.1.2.3@192.168.1.1#55 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you want dnsmasq to change uid and gid to something other |
||||
|
# than the default, edit the following lines. |
||||
|
#user= |
||||
|
#group= |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you want dnsmasq to listen for DHCP and DNS requests only on |
||||
|
# specified interfaces (and the loopback) give the name of the |
||||
|
# interface (eg eth0) here. |
||||
|
# Repeat the line for more than one interface. |
||||
|
#interface= |
||||
|
# Or you can specify which interface _not_ to listen on |
||||
|
#except-interface= |
||||
|
# Or which to listen on by address (remember to include 127.0.0.1 if |
||||
|
# you use this.) |
||||
|
listen-address=127.0.0.1 |
||||
|
# If you want dnsmasq to provide only DNS service on an interface, |
||||
|
# configure it as shown above, and then use the following line to |
||||
|
# disable DHCP and TFTP on it. |
||||
|
#no-dhcp-interface= |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# On systems which support it, dnsmasq binds the wildcard address, |
||||
|
# even when it is listening on only some interfaces. It then discards |
||||
|
# requests that it shouldn't reply to. This has the advantage of |
||||
|
# working even when interfaces come and go and change address. If you |
||||
|
# want dnsmasq to really bind only the interfaces it is listening on, |
||||
|
# uncomment this option. About the only time you may need this is when |
||||
|
# running another nameserver on the same machine. |
||||
|
#bind-interfaces |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you don't want dnsmasq to read /etc/hosts, uncomment the |
||||
|
# following line. |
||||
|
#no-hosts |
||||
|
# or if you want it to read another file, as well as /etc/hosts, use |
||||
|
# this. |
||||
|
#addn-hosts=/etc/banner_add_hosts |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set this (and domain: see below) if you want to have a domain |
||||
|
# automatically added to simple names in a hosts-file. |
||||
|
#expand-hosts |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the domain for dnsmasq. this is optional, but if it is set, it |
||||
|
# does the following things. |
||||
|
# 1) Allows DHCP hosts to have fully qualified domain names, as long |
||||
|
# as the domain part matches this setting. |
||||
|
# 2) Sets the "domain" DHCP option thereby potentially setting the |
||||
|
# domain of all systems configured by DHCP |
||||
|
# 3) Provides the domain part for "expand-hosts" |
||||
|
#domain=thekelleys.org.uk |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set a different domain for a particular subnet |
||||
|
#domain=wireless.thekelleys.org.uk,192.168.2.0/24 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Same idea, but range rather then subnet |
||||
|
#domain=reserved.thekelleys.org.uk,192.68.3.100,192.168.3.200 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Uncomment this to enable the integrated DHCP server, you need |
||||
|
# to supply the range of addresses available for lease and optionally |
||||
|
# a lease time. If you have more than one network, you will need to |
||||
|
# repeat this for each network on which you want to supply DHCP |
||||
|
# service. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=192.168.0.50,192.168.0.150,12h |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# This is an example of a DHCP range where the netmask is given. This |
||||
|
# is needed for networks we reach the dnsmasq DHCP server via a relay |
||||
|
# agent. If you don't know what a DHCP relay agent is, you probably |
||||
|
# don't need to worry about this. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=192.168.0.50,192.168.0.150,255.255.255.0,12h |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# This is an example of a DHCP range which sets a tag, so that |
||||
|
# some DHCP options may be set only for this network. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=set:red,192.168.0.50,192.168.0.150 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Use this DHCP range only when the tag "green" is set. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=tag:green,192.168.0.50,192.168.0.150,12h |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Specify a subnet which can't be used for dynamic address allocation, |
||||
|
# is available for hosts with matching --dhcp-host lines. Note that |
||||
|
# dhcp-host declarations will be ignored unless there is a dhcp-range |
||||
|
# of some type for the subnet in question. |
||||
|
# In this case the netmask is implied (it comes from the network |
||||
|
# configuration on the machine running dnsmasq) it is possible to give |
||||
|
# an explicit netmask instead. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=192.168.0.0,static |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enable DHCPv6. Note that the prefix-length does not need to be specified |
||||
|
# and defaults to 64 if missing/ |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=1234::2, 1234::500, 64, 12h |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do Router Advertisements, BUT NOT DHCP for this subnet. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=1234::, ra-only |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do Router Advertisements, BUT NOT DHCP for this subnet, also try and |
||||
|
# add names to the DNS for the IPv6 address of SLAAC-configured dual-stack |
||||
|
# hosts. Use the DHCPv4 lease to derive the name, network segment and |
||||
|
# MAC address and assume that the host will also have an |
||||
|
# IPv6 address calculated using the SLAAC alogrithm. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=1234::, ra-names |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do Router Advertisements, BUT NOT DHCP for this subnet. |
||||
|
# Set the lifetime to 46 hours. (Note: minimum lifetime is 2 hours.) |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=1234::, ra-only, 48h |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do DHCP and Router Advertisements for this subnet. Set the A bit in the RA |
||||
|
# so that clients can use SLAAC addresses as well as DHCP ones. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=1234::2, 1234::500, slaac |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do Router Advertisements and stateless DHCP for this subnet. Clients will |
||||
|
# not get addresses from DHCP, but they will get other configuration information. |
||||
|
# They will use SLAAC for addresses. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=1234::, ra-stateless |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do stateless DHCP, SLAAC, and generate DNS names for SLAAC addresses |
||||
|
# from DHCPv4 leases. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=1234::, ra-stateless, ra-names |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do router advertisements for all subnets where we're doing DHCPv6 |
||||
|
# Unless overriden by ra-stateless, ra-names, et al, the router |
||||
|
# advertisements will have the M and O bits set, so that the clients |
||||
|
# get addresses and configuration from DHCPv6, and the A bit reset, so the |
||||
|
# clients don't use SLAAC addresses. |
||||
|
#enable-ra |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Supply parameters for specified hosts using DHCP. There are lots |
||||
|
# of valid alternatives, so we will give examples of each. Note that |
||||
|
# IP addresses DO NOT have to be in the range given above, they just |
||||
|
# need to be on the same network. The order of the parameters in these |
||||
|
# do not matter, it's permissible to give name, address and MAC in any |
||||
|
# order. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Always allocate the host with Ethernet address 11:22:33:44:55:66 |
||||
|
# The IP address 192.168.0.60 |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,192.168.0.60 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Always set the name of the host with hardware address |
||||
|
# 11:22:33:44:55:66 to be "fred" |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,fred |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Always give the host with Ethernet address 11:22:33:44:55:66 |
||||
|
# the name fred and IP address 192.168.0.60 and lease time 45 minutes |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,fred,192.168.0.60,45m |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Give a host with Ethernet address 11:22:33:44:55:66 or |
||||
|
# 12:34:56:78:90:12 the IP address 192.168.0.60. Dnsmasq will assume |
||||
|
# that these two Ethernet interfaces will never be in use at the same |
||||
|
# time, and give the IP address to the second, even if it is already |
||||
|
# in use by the first. Useful for laptops with wired and wireless |
||||
|
# addresses. |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,12:34:56:78:90:12,192.168.0.60 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Give the machine which says its name is "bert" IP address |
||||
|
# 192.168.0.70 and an infinite lease |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=bert,192.168.0.70,infinite |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Always give the host with client identifier 01:02:02:04 |
||||
|
# the IP address 192.168.0.60 |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=id:01:02:02:04,192.168.0.60 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Always give the Infiniband interface with hardware address |
||||
|
# 80:00:00:48:fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00:f4:52:14:03:00:28:05:81 the |
||||
|
# ip address 192.168.0.61. The client id is derived from the prefix |
||||
|
# ff:00:00:00:00:00:02:00:00:02:c9:00 and the last 8 pairs of |
||||
|
# hex digits of the hardware address. |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=id:ff:00:00:00:00:00:02:00:00:02:c9:00:f4:52:14:03:00:28:05:81,192.168.0.61 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Always give the host with client identifier "marjorie" |
||||
|
# the IP address 192.168.0.60 |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=id:marjorie,192.168.0.60 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enable the address given for "judge" in /etc/hosts |
||||
|
# to be given to a machine presenting the name "judge" when |
||||
|
# it asks for a DHCP lease. |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=judge |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Never offer DHCP service to a machine whose Ethernet |
||||
|
# address is 11:22:33:44:55:66 |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,ignore |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Ignore any client-id presented by the machine with Ethernet |
||||
|
# address 11:22:33:44:55:66. This is useful to prevent a machine |
||||
|
# being treated differently when running under different OS's or |
||||
|
# between PXE boot and OS boot. |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,id:* |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to |
||||
|
# the machine with Ethernet address 11:22:33:44:55:66 |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,set:red |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to |
||||
|
# any machine with Ethernet address starting 11:22:33: |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=11:22:33:*:*:*,set:red |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Give a fixed IPv6 address and name to client with |
||||
|
# DUID 00:01:00:01:16:d2:83:fc:92:d4:19:e2:d8:b2 |
||||
|
# Note the MAC addresses CANNOT be used to identify DHCPv6 clients. |
||||
|
# Note also the they [] around the IPv6 address are obilgatory. |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=id:00:01:00:01:16:d2:83:fc:92:d4:19:e2:d8:b2, fred, [1234::5] |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Ignore any clients which are not specified in dhcp-host lines |
||||
|
# or /etc/ethers. Equivalent to ISC "deny unknown-clients". |
||||
|
# This relies on the special "known" tag which is set when |
||||
|
# a host is matched. |
||||
|
#dhcp-ignore=tag:!known |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to any machine whose |
||||
|
# DHCP vendorclass string includes the substring "Linux" |
||||
|
#dhcp-vendorclass=set:red,Linux |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to any machine one |
||||
|
# of whose DHCP userclass strings includes the substring "accounts" |
||||
|
#dhcp-userclass=set:red,accounts |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to any machine whose |
||||
|
# MAC address matches the pattern. |
||||
|
#dhcp-mac=set:red,00:60:8C:*:*:* |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If this line is uncommented, dnsmasq will read /etc/ethers and act |
||||
|
# on the ethernet-address/IP pairs found there just as if they had |
||||
|
# been given as --dhcp-host options. Useful if you keep |
||||
|
# MAC-address/host mappings there for other purposes. |
||||
|
#read-ethers |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send options to hosts which ask for a DHCP lease. |
||||
|
# See RFC 2132 for details of available options. |
||||
|
# Common options can be given to dnsmasq by name: |
||||
|
# run "dnsmasq --help dhcp" to get a list. |
||||
|
# Note that all the common settings, such as netmask and |
||||
|
# broadcast address, DNS server and default route, are given |
||||
|
# sane defaults by dnsmasq. You very likely will not need |
||||
|
# any dhcp-options. If you use Windows clients and Samba, there |
||||
|
# are some options which are recommended, they are detailed at the |
||||
|
# end of this section. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Override the default route supplied by dnsmasq, which assumes the |
||||
|
# router is the same machine as the one running dnsmasq. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=3,1.2.3.4 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do the same thing, but using the option name |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=option:router,1.2.3.4 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Override the default route supplied by dnsmasq and send no default |
||||
|
# route at all. Note that this only works for the options sent by |
||||
|
# default (1, 3, 6, 12, 28) the same line will send a zero-length option |
||||
|
# for all other option numbers. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=3 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the NTP time server addresses to 192.168.0.4 and 10.10.0.5 |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=option:ntp-server,192.168.0.4,10.10.0.5 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send DHCPv6 option. Note [] around IPv6 addresses. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=option6:dns-server,[1234::77],[1234::88] |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send DHCPv6 option for namservers as the machine running |
||||
|
# dnsmasq and another. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=option6:dns-server,[::],[1234::88] |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Ask client to poll for option changes every six hours. (RFC4242) |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=option6:information-refresh-time,6h |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set option 58 client renewal time (T1). Defaults to half of the |
||||
|
# lease time if not specified. (RFC2132) |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=option:T1:1m |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set option 59 rebinding time (T2). Defaults to 7/8 of the |
||||
|
# lease time if not specified. (RFC2132) |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=option:T2:2m |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the NTP time server address to be the same machine as |
||||
|
# is running dnsmasq |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=42,0.0.0.0 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the NIS domain name to "welly" |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=40,welly |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the default time-to-live to 50 |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=23,50 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the "all subnets are local" flag |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=27,1 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send the etherboot magic flag and then etherboot options (a string). |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=128,e4:45:74:68:00:00 |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=129,NIC=eepro100 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Specify an option which will only be sent to the "red" network |
||||
|
# (see dhcp-range for the declaration of the "red" network) |
||||
|
# Note that the tag: part must precede the option: part. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option = tag:red, option:ntp-server, 192.168.1.1 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# The following DHCP options set up dnsmasq in the same way as is specified |
||||
|
# for the ISC dhcpcd in |
||||
|
# http://www.samba.org/samba/ftp/docs/textdocs/DHCP-Server-Configuration.txt |
||||
|
# adapted for a typical dnsmasq installation where the host running |
||||
|
# dnsmasq is also the host running samba. |
||||
|
# you may want to uncomment some or all of them if you use |
||||
|
# Windows clients and Samba. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=19,0 # option ip-forwarding off |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=44,0.0.0.0 # set netbios-over-TCP/IP nameserver(s) aka WINS server(s) |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=45,0.0.0.0 # netbios datagram distribution server |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=46,8 # netbios node type |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send an empty WPAD option. This may be REQUIRED to get windows 7 to behave. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=252,"\n" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send RFC-3397 DNS domain search DHCP option. WARNING: Your DHCP client |
||||
|
# probably doesn't support this...... |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=option:domain-search,eng.apple.com,marketing.apple.com |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send RFC-3442 classless static routes (note the netmask encoding) |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=121,192.168.1.0/24,1.2.3.4,10.0.0.0/8,5.6.7.8 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send vendor-class specific options encapsulated in DHCP option 43. |
||||
|
# The meaning of the options is defined by the vendor-class so |
||||
|
# options are sent only when the client supplied vendor class |
||||
|
# matches the class given here. (A substring match is OK, so "MSFT" |
||||
|
# matches "MSFT" and "MSFT 5.0"). This example sets the |
||||
|
# mtftp address to 0.0.0.0 for PXEClients. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=vendor:PXEClient,1,0.0.0.0 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send microsoft-specific option to tell windows to release the DHCP lease |
||||
|
# when it shuts down. Note the "i" flag, to tell dnsmasq to send the |
||||
|
# value as a four-byte integer - that's what microsoft wants. See |
||||
|
# http://technet2.microsoft.com/WindowsServer/en/library/a70f1bb7-d2d4-49f0-96d6-4b7414ecfaae1033.mspx?mfr=true |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=vendor:MSFT,2,1i |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send the Encapsulated-vendor-class ID needed by some configurations of |
||||
|
# Etherboot to allow is to recognise the DHCP server. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=vendor:Etherboot,60,"Etherboot" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send options to PXELinux. Note that we need to send the options even |
||||
|
# though they don't appear in the parameter request list, so we need |
||||
|
# to use dhcp-option-force here. |
||||
|
# See http://syslinux.zytor.com/pxe.php#special for details. |
||||
|
# Magic number - needed before anything else is recognised |
||||
|
#dhcp-option-force=208,f1:00:74:7e |
||||
|
# Configuration file name |
||||
|
#dhcp-option-force=209,configs/common |
||||
|
# Path prefix |
||||
|
#dhcp-option-force=210,/tftpboot/pxelinux/files/ |
||||
|
# Reboot time. (Note 'i' to send 32-bit value) |
||||
|
#dhcp-option-force=211,30i |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the boot filename for netboot/PXE. You will only need |
||||
|
# this is you want to boot machines over the network and you will need |
||||
|
# a TFTP server; either dnsmasq's built in TFTP server or an |
||||
|
# external one. (See below for how to enable the TFTP server.) |
||||
|
#dhcp-boot=pxelinux.0 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# The same as above, but use custom tftp-server instead machine running dnsmasq |
||||
|
#dhcp-boot=pxelinux,server.name,192.168.1.100 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Boot for Etherboot gPXE. The idea is to send two different |
||||
|
# filenames, the first loads gPXE, and the second tells gPXE what to |
||||
|
# load. The dhcp-match sets the gpxe tag for requests from gPXE. |
||||
|
#dhcp-match=set:gpxe,175 # gPXE sends a 175 option. |
||||
|
#dhcp-boot=tag:!gpxe,undionly.kpxe |
||||
|
#dhcp-boot=mybootimage |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Encapsulated options for Etherboot gPXE. All the options are |
||||
|
# encapsulated within option 175 |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=encap:175, 1, 5b # priority code |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=encap:175, 176, 1b # no-proxydhcp |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=encap:175, 177, string # bus-id |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=encap:175, 189, 1b # BIOS drive code |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=encap:175, 190, user # iSCSI username |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=encap:175, 191, pass # iSCSI password |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Test for the architecture of a netboot client. PXE clients are |
||||
|
# supposed to send their architecture as option 93. (See RFC 4578) |
||||
|
#dhcp-match=peecees, option:client-arch, 0 #x86-32 |
||||
|
#dhcp-match=itanics, option:client-arch, 2 #IA64 |
||||
|
#dhcp-match=hammers, option:client-arch, 6 #x86-64 |
||||
|
#dhcp-match=mactels, option:client-arch, 7 #EFI x86-64 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do real PXE, rather than just booting a single file, this is an |
||||
|
# alternative to dhcp-boot. |
||||
|
#pxe-prompt="What system shall I netboot?" |
||||
|
# or with timeout before first available action is taken: |
||||
|
#pxe-prompt="Press F8 for menu.", 60 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Available boot services. for PXE. |
||||
|
#pxe-service=x86PC, "Boot from local disk" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Loads <tftp-root>/pxelinux.0 from dnsmasq TFTP server. |
||||
|
#pxe-service=x86PC, "Install Linux", pxelinux |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Loads <tftp-root>/pxelinux.0 from TFTP server at 1.2.3.4. |
||||
|
# Beware this fails on old PXE ROMS. |
||||
|
#pxe-service=x86PC, "Install Linux", pxelinux, 1.2.3.4 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Use bootserver on network, found my multicast or broadcast. |
||||
|
#pxe-service=x86PC, "Install windows from RIS server", 1 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Use bootserver at a known IP address. |
||||
|
#pxe-service=x86PC, "Install windows from RIS server", 1, 1.2.3.4 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you have multicast-FTP available, |
||||
|
# information for that can be passed in a similar way using options 1 |
||||
|
# to 5. See page 19 of |
||||
|
# http://download.intel.com/design/archives/wfm/downloads/pxespec.pdf |
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enable dnsmasq's built-in TFTP server |
||||
|
#enable-tftp |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the root directory for files available via FTP. |
||||
|
#tftp-root=/var/ftpd |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do not abort if the tftp-root is unavailable |
||||
|
#tftp-no-fail |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Make the TFTP server more secure: with this set, only files owned by |
||||
|
# the user dnsmasq is running as will be send over the net. |
||||
|
#tftp-secure |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# This option stops dnsmasq from negotiating a larger blocksize for TFTP |
||||
|
# transfers. It will slow things down, but may rescue some broken TFTP |
||||
|
# clients. |
||||
|
#tftp-no-blocksize |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the boot file name only when the "red" tag is set. |
||||
|
#dhcp-boot=tag:red,pxelinux.red-net |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# An example of dhcp-boot with an external TFTP server: the name and IP |
||||
|
# address of the server are given after the filename. |
||||
|
# Can fail with old PXE ROMS. Overridden by --pxe-service. |
||||
|
#dhcp-boot=/var/ftpd/pxelinux.0,boothost,192.168.0.3 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If there are multiple external tftp servers having a same name |
||||
|
# (using /etc/hosts) then that name can be specified as the |
||||
|
# tftp_servername (the third option to dhcp-boot) and in that |
||||
|
# case dnsmasq resolves this name and returns the resultant IP |
||||
|
# addresses in round robin fasion. This facility can be used to |
||||
|
# load balance the tftp load among a set of servers. |
||||
|
#dhcp-boot=/var/ftpd/pxelinux.0,boothost,tftp_server_name |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the limit on DHCP leases, the default is 150 |
||||
|
#dhcp-lease-max=150 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# The DHCP server needs somewhere on disk to keep its lease database. |
||||
|
# This defaults to a sane location, but if you want to change it, use |
||||
|
# the line below. |
||||
|
#dhcp-leasefile=/var/state/dnsmasq/dnsmasq.leases |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the DHCP server to authoritative mode. In this mode it will barge in |
||||
|
# and take over the lease for any client which broadcasts on the network, |
||||
|
# whether it has a record of the lease or not. This avoids long timeouts |
||||
|
# when a machine wakes up on a new network. DO NOT enable this if there's |
||||
|
# the slightest chance that you might end up accidentally configuring a DHCP |
||||
|
# server for your campus/company accidentally. The ISC server uses |
||||
|
# the same option, and this URL provides more information: |
||||
|
# http://www.isc.org/files/auth.html |
||||
|
#dhcp-authoritative |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Run an executable when a DHCP lease is created or destroyed. |
||||
|
# The arguments sent to the script are "add" or "del", |
||||
|
# then the MAC address, the IP address and finally the hostname |
||||
|
# if there is one. |
||||
|
#dhcp-script=/bin/echo |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the cachesize here. |
||||
|
#cache-size=150 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you want to disable negative caching, uncomment this. |
||||
|
#no-negcache |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Normally responses which come from /etc/hosts and the DHCP lease |
||||
|
# file have Time-To-Live set as zero, which conventionally means |
||||
|
# do not cache further. If you are happy to trade lower load on the |
||||
|
# server for potentially stale date, you can set a time-to-live (in |
||||
|
# seconds) here. |
||||
|
#local-ttl= |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you want dnsmasq to detect attempts by Verisign to send queries |
||||
|
# to unregistered .com and .net hosts to its sitefinder service and |
||||
|
# have dnsmasq instead return the correct NXDOMAIN response, uncomment |
||||
|
# this line. You can add similar lines to do the same for other |
||||
|
# registries which have implemented wildcard A records. |
||||
|
#bogus-nxdomain=64.94.110.11 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you want to fix up DNS results from upstream servers, use the |
||||
|
# alias option. This only works for IPv4. |
||||
|
# This alias makes a result of 1.2.3.4 appear as 5.6.7.8 |
||||
|
#alias=1.2.3.4,5.6.7.8 |
||||
|
# and this maps 1.2.3.x to 5.6.7.x |
||||
|
#alias=1.2.3.0,5.6.7.0,255.255.255.0 |
||||
|
# and this maps 192.168.0.10->192.168.0.40 to 10.0.0.10->10.0.0.40 |
||||
|
#alias=192.168.0.10-192.168.0.40,10.0.0.0,255.255.255.0 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Change these lines if you want dnsmasq to serve MX records. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Return an MX record named "maildomain.com" with target |
||||
|
# servermachine.com and preference 50 |
||||
|
#mx-host=maildomain.com,servermachine.com,50 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the default target for MX records created using the localmx option. |
||||
|
#mx-target=servermachine.com |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Return an MX record pointing to the mx-target for all local |
||||
|
# machines. |
||||
|
#localmx |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Return an MX record pointing to itself for all local machines. |
||||
|
#selfmx |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Change the following lines if you want dnsmasq to serve SRV |
||||
|
# records. These are useful if you want to serve ldap requests for |
||||
|
# Active Directory and other windows-originated DNS requests. |
||||
|
# See RFC 2782. |
||||
|
# You may add multiple srv-host lines. |
||||
|
# The fields are <name>,<target>,<port>,<priority>,<weight> |
||||
|
# If the domain part if missing from the name (so that is just has the |
||||
|
# service and protocol sections) then the domain given by the domain= |
||||
|
# config option is used. (Note that expand-hosts does not need to be |
||||
|
# set for this to work.) |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# A SRV record sending LDAP for the example.com domain to |
||||
|
# ldapserver.example.com port 389 |
||||
|
#srv-host=_ldap._tcp.example.com,ldapserver.example.com,389 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# A SRV record sending LDAP for the example.com domain to |
||||
|
# ldapserver.example.com port 389 (using domain=) |
||||
|
#domain=example.com |
||||
|
#srv-host=_ldap._tcp,ldapserver.example.com,389 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Two SRV records for LDAP, each with different priorities |
||||
|
#srv-host=_ldap._tcp.example.com,ldapserver.example.com,389,1 |
||||
|
#srv-host=_ldap._tcp.example.com,ldapserver.example.com,389,2 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# A SRV record indicating that there is no LDAP server for the domain |
||||
|
# example.com |
||||
|
#srv-host=_ldap._tcp.example.com |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# The following line shows how to make dnsmasq serve an arbitrary PTR |
||||
|
# record. This is useful for DNS-SD. (Note that the |
||||
|
# domain-name expansion done for SRV records _does_not |
||||
|
# occur for PTR records.) |
||||
|
#ptr-record=_http._tcp.dns-sd-services,"New Employee Page._http._tcp.dns-sd-services" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Change the following lines to enable dnsmasq to serve TXT records. |
||||
|
# These are used for things like SPF and zeroconf. (Note that the |
||||
|
# domain-name expansion done for SRV records _does_not |
||||
|
# occur for TXT records.) |
||||
|
|
||||
|
#Example SPF. |
||||
|
#txt-record=example.com,"v=spf1 a -all" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
#Example zeroconf |
||||
|
#txt-record=_http._tcp.example.com,name=value,paper=A4 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Provide an alias for a "local" DNS name. Note that this _only_ works |
||||
|
# for targets which are names from DHCP or /etc/hosts. Give host |
||||
|
# "bert" another name, bertrand |
||||
|
#cname=bertand,bert |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# For debugging purposes, log each DNS query as it passes through |
||||
|
# dnsmasq. |
||||
|
#log-queries |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Log lots of extra information about DHCP transactions. |
||||
|
#log-dhcp |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Include another lot of configuration options. |
||||
|
#conf-file=/etc/dnsmasq.more.conf |
||||
|
#conf-dir=/etc/dnsmasq.d |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Include all the files in a directory except those ending in .bak |
||||
|
#conf-dir=/etc/dnsmasq.d,.bak |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Include all files in a directory which end in .conf |
||||
|
#conf-dir=/etc/dnsmasq.d/,*.conf |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,666 @@ |
|||||
|
# Configuration file for dnsmasq. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Format is one option per line, legal options are the same |
||||
|
# as the long options legal on the command line. See |
||||
|
# "/usr/sbin/dnsmasq --help" or "man 8 dnsmasq" for details. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Listen on this specific port instead of the standard DNS port |
||||
|
# (53). Setting this to zero completely disables DNS function, |
||||
|
# leaving only DHCP and/or TFTP. |
||||
|
#port=5353 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# The following two options make you a better netizen, since they |
||||
|
# tell dnsmasq to filter out queries which the public DNS cannot |
||||
|
# answer, and which load the servers (especially the root servers) |
||||
|
# unnecessarily. If you have a dial-on-demand link they also stop |
||||
|
# these requests from bringing up the link unnecessarily. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Never forward plain names (without a dot or domain part) |
||||
|
#domain-needed |
||||
|
# Never forward addresses in the non-routed address spaces. |
||||
|
#bogus-priv |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Uncomment these to enable DNSSEC validation and caching: |
||||
|
# (Requires dnsmasq to be built with DNSSEC option.) |
||||
|
#conf-file=%%PREFIX%%/share/dnsmasq/trust-anchors.conf |
||||
|
#dnssec |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Replies which are not DNSSEC signed may be legitimate, because the domain |
||||
|
# is unsigned, or may be forgeries. Setting this option tells dnsmasq to |
||||
|
# check that an unsigned reply is OK, by finding a secure proof that a DS |
||||
|
# record somewhere between the root and the domain does not exist. |
||||
|
# The cost of setting this is that even queries in unsigned domains will need |
||||
|
# one or more extra DNS queries to verify. |
||||
|
#dnssec-check-unsigned |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Uncomment this to filter useless windows-originated DNS requests |
||||
|
# which can trigger dial-on-demand links needlessly. |
||||
|
# Note that (amongst other things) this blocks all SRV requests, |
||||
|
# so don't use it if you use eg Kerberos, SIP, XMMP or Google-talk. |
||||
|
# This option only affects forwarding, SRV records originating for |
||||
|
# dnsmasq (via srv-host= lines) are not suppressed by it. |
||||
|
#filterwin2k |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Change this line if you want dns to get its upstream servers from |
||||
|
# somewhere other that /etc/resolv.conf |
||||
|
#resolv-file= |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# By default, dnsmasq will send queries to any of the upstream |
||||
|
# servers it knows about and tries to favour servers to are known |
||||
|
# to be up. Uncommenting this forces dnsmasq to try each query |
||||
|
# with each server strictly in the order they appear in |
||||
|
# /etc/resolv.conf |
||||
|
#strict-order |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you don't want dnsmasq to read /etc/resolv.conf or any other |
||||
|
# file, getting its servers from this file instead (see below), then |
||||
|
# uncomment this. |
||||
|
#no-resolv |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you don't want dnsmasq to poll /etc/resolv.conf or other resolv |
||||
|
# files for changes and re-read them then uncomment this. |
||||
|
#no-poll |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Add other name servers here, with domain specs if they are for |
||||
|
# non-public domains. |
||||
|
#server=/localnet/192.168.0.1 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Example of routing PTR queries to nameservers: this will send all |
||||
|
# address->name queries for 192.168.3/24 to nameserver 10.1.2.3 |
||||
|
#server=/3.168.192.in-addr.arpa/10.1.2.3 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Add local-only domains here, queries in these domains are answered |
||||
|
# from /etc/hosts or DHCP only. |
||||
|
#local=/localnet/ |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Add domains which you want to force to an IP address here. |
||||
|
# The example below send any host in double-click.net to a local |
||||
|
# web-server. |
||||
|
#address=/double-click.net/127.0.0.1 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# --address (and --server) work with IPv6 addresses too. |
||||
|
#address=/www.thekelleys.org.uk/fe80::20d:60ff:fe36:f83 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Add the IPs of all queries to yahoo.com, google.com, and their |
||||
|
# subdomains to the vpn and search ipsets: |
||||
|
#ipset=/yahoo.com/google.com/vpn,search |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# You can control how dnsmasq talks to a server: this forces |
||||
|
# queries to 10.1.2.3 to be routed via eth1 |
||||
|
# server=10.1.2.3@eth1 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# and this sets the source (ie local) address used to talk to |
||||
|
# 10.1.2.3 to 192.168.1.1 port 55 (there must be a interface with that |
||||
|
# IP on the machine, obviously). |
||||
|
# server=10.1.2.3@192.168.1.1#55 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you want dnsmasq to change uid and gid to something other |
||||
|
# than the default, edit the following lines. |
||||
|
#user= |
||||
|
#group= |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you want dnsmasq to listen for DHCP and DNS requests only on |
||||
|
# specified interfaces (and the loopback) give the name of the |
||||
|
# interface (eg eth0) here. |
||||
|
# Repeat the line for more than one interface. |
||||
|
#interface= |
||||
|
# Or you can specify which interface _not_ to listen on |
||||
|
#except-interface= |
||||
|
# Or which to listen on by address (remember to include 127.0.0.1 if |
||||
|
# you use this.) |
||||
|
#listen-address= |
||||
|
# If you want dnsmasq to provide only DNS service on an interface, |
||||
|
# configure it as shown above, and then use the following line to |
||||
|
# disable DHCP and TFTP on it. |
||||
|
#no-dhcp-interface= |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# On systems which support it, dnsmasq binds the wildcard address, |
||||
|
# even when it is listening on only some interfaces. It then discards |
||||
|
# requests that it shouldn't reply to. This has the advantage of |
||||
|
# working even when interfaces come and go and change address. If you |
||||
|
# want dnsmasq to really bind only the interfaces it is listening on, |
||||
|
# uncomment this option. About the only time you may need this is when |
||||
|
# running another nameserver on the same machine. |
||||
|
#bind-interfaces |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you don't want dnsmasq to read /etc/hosts, uncomment the |
||||
|
# following line. |
||||
|
#no-hosts |
||||
|
# or if you want it to read another file, as well as /etc/hosts, use |
||||
|
# this. |
||||
|
#addn-hosts=/etc/banner_add_hosts |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set this (and domain: see below) if you want to have a domain |
||||
|
# automatically added to simple names in a hosts-file. |
||||
|
#expand-hosts |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the domain for dnsmasq. this is optional, but if it is set, it |
||||
|
# does the following things. |
||||
|
# 1) Allows DHCP hosts to have fully qualified domain names, as long |
||||
|
# as the domain part matches this setting. |
||||
|
# 2) Sets the "domain" DHCP option thereby potentially setting the |
||||
|
# domain of all systems configured by DHCP |
||||
|
# 3) Provides the domain part for "expand-hosts" |
||||
|
#domain=thekelleys.org.uk |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set a different domain for a particular subnet |
||||
|
#domain=wireless.thekelleys.org.uk,192.168.2.0/24 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Same idea, but range rather then subnet |
||||
|
#domain=reserved.thekelleys.org.uk,192.68.3.100,192.168.3.200 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Uncomment this to enable the integrated DHCP server, you need |
||||
|
# to supply the range of addresses available for lease and optionally |
||||
|
# a lease time. If you have more than one network, you will need to |
||||
|
# repeat this for each network on which you want to supply DHCP |
||||
|
# service. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=192.168.0.50,192.168.0.150,12h |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# This is an example of a DHCP range where the netmask is given. This |
||||
|
# is needed for networks we reach the dnsmasq DHCP server via a relay |
||||
|
# agent. If you don't know what a DHCP relay agent is, you probably |
||||
|
# don't need to worry about this. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=192.168.0.50,192.168.0.150,255.255.255.0,12h |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# This is an example of a DHCP range which sets a tag, so that |
||||
|
# some DHCP options may be set only for this network. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=set:red,192.168.0.50,192.168.0.150 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Use this DHCP range only when the tag "green" is set. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=tag:green,192.168.0.50,192.168.0.150,12h |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Specify a subnet which can't be used for dynamic address allocation, |
||||
|
# is available for hosts with matching --dhcp-host lines. Note that |
||||
|
# dhcp-host declarations will be ignored unless there is a dhcp-range |
||||
|
# of some type for the subnet in question. |
||||
|
# In this case the netmask is implied (it comes from the network |
||||
|
# configuration on the machine running dnsmasq) it is possible to give |
||||
|
# an explicit netmask instead. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=192.168.0.0,static |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enable DHCPv6. Note that the prefix-length does not need to be specified |
||||
|
# and defaults to 64 if missing/ |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=1234::2, 1234::500, 64, 12h |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do Router Advertisements, BUT NOT DHCP for this subnet. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=1234::, ra-only |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do Router Advertisements, BUT NOT DHCP for this subnet, also try and |
||||
|
# add names to the DNS for the IPv6 address of SLAAC-configured dual-stack |
||||
|
# hosts. Use the DHCPv4 lease to derive the name, network segment and |
||||
|
# MAC address and assume that the host will also have an |
||||
|
# IPv6 address calculated using the SLAAC alogrithm. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=1234::, ra-names |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do Router Advertisements, BUT NOT DHCP for this subnet. |
||||
|
# Set the lifetime to 46 hours. (Note: minimum lifetime is 2 hours.) |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=1234::, ra-only, 48h |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do DHCP and Router Advertisements for this subnet. Set the A bit in the RA |
||||
|
# so that clients can use SLAAC addresses as well as DHCP ones. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=1234::2, 1234::500, slaac |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do Router Advertisements and stateless DHCP for this subnet. Clients will |
||||
|
# not get addresses from DHCP, but they will get other configuration information. |
||||
|
# They will use SLAAC for addresses. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=1234::, ra-stateless |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do stateless DHCP, SLAAC, and generate DNS names for SLAAC addresses |
||||
|
# from DHCPv4 leases. |
||||
|
#dhcp-range=1234::, ra-stateless, ra-names |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do router advertisements for all subnets where we're doing DHCPv6 |
||||
|
# Unless overriden by ra-stateless, ra-names, et al, the router |
||||
|
# advertisements will have the M and O bits set, so that the clients |
||||
|
# get addresses and configuration from DHCPv6, and the A bit reset, so the |
||||
|
# clients don't use SLAAC addresses. |
||||
|
#enable-ra |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Supply parameters for specified hosts using DHCP. There are lots |
||||
|
# of valid alternatives, so we will give examples of each. Note that |
||||
|
# IP addresses DO NOT have to be in the range given above, they just |
||||
|
# need to be on the same network. The order of the parameters in these |
||||
|
# do not matter, it's permissible to give name, address and MAC in any |
||||
|
# order. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Always allocate the host with Ethernet address 11:22:33:44:55:66 |
||||
|
# The IP address 192.168.0.60 |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,192.168.0.60 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Always set the name of the host with hardware address |
||||
|
# 11:22:33:44:55:66 to be "fred" |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,fred |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Always give the host with Ethernet address 11:22:33:44:55:66 |
||||
|
# the name fred and IP address 192.168.0.60 and lease time 45 minutes |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,fred,192.168.0.60,45m |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Give a host with Ethernet address 11:22:33:44:55:66 or |
||||
|
# 12:34:56:78:90:12 the IP address 192.168.0.60. Dnsmasq will assume |
||||
|
# that these two Ethernet interfaces will never be in use at the same |
||||
|
# time, and give the IP address to the second, even if it is already |
||||
|
# in use by the first. Useful for laptops with wired and wireless |
||||
|
# addresses. |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,12:34:56:78:90:12,192.168.0.60 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Give the machine which says its name is "bert" IP address |
||||
|
# 192.168.0.70 and an infinite lease |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=bert,192.168.0.70,infinite |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Always give the host with client identifier 01:02:02:04 |
||||
|
# the IP address 192.168.0.60 |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=id:01:02:02:04,192.168.0.60 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Always give the Infiniband interface with hardware address |
||||
|
# 80:00:00:48:fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00:f4:52:14:03:00:28:05:81 the |
||||
|
# ip address 192.168.0.61. The client id is derived from the prefix |
||||
|
# ff:00:00:00:00:00:02:00:00:02:c9:00 and the last 8 pairs of |
||||
|
# hex digits of the hardware address. |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=id:ff:00:00:00:00:00:02:00:00:02:c9:00:f4:52:14:03:00:28:05:81,192.168.0.61 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Always give the host with client identifier "marjorie" |
||||
|
# the IP address 192.168.0.60 |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=id:marjorie,192.168.0.60 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enable the address given for "judge" in /etc/hosts |
||||
|
# to be given to a machine presenting the name "judge" when |
||||
|
# it asks for a DHCP lease. |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=judge |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Never offer DHCP service to a machine whose Ethernet |
||||
|
# address is 11:22:33:44:55:66 |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,ignore |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Ignore any client-id presented by the machine with Ethernet |
||||
|
# address 11:22:33:44:55:66. This is useful to prevent a machine |
||||
|
# being treated differently when running under different OS's or |
||||
|
# between PXE boot and OS boot. |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,id:* |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to |
||||
|
# the machine with Ethernet address 11:22:33:44:55:66 |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,set:red |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to |
||||
|
# any machine with Ethernet address starting 11:22:33: |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=11:22:33:*:*:*,set:red |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Give a fixed IPv6 address and name to client with |
||||
|
# DUID 00:01:00:01:16:d2:83:fc:92:d4:19:e2:d8:b2 |
||||
|
# Note the MAC addresses CANNOT be used to identify DHCPv6 clients. |
||||
|
# Note also the they [] around the IPv6 address are obilgatory. |
||||
|
#dhcp-host=id:00:01:00:01:16:d2:83:fc:92:d4:19:e2:d8:b2, fred, [1234::5] |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Ignore any clients which are not specified in dhcp-host lines |
||||
|
# or /etc/ethers. Equivalent to ISC "deny unknown-clients". |
||||
|
# This relies on the special "known" tag which is set when |
||||
|
# a host is matched. |
||||
|
#dhcp-ignore=tag:!known |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to any machine whose |
||||
|
# DHCP vendorclass string includes the substring "Linux" |
||||
|
#dhcp-vendorclass=set:red,Linux |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to any machine one |
||||
|
# of whose DHCP userclass strings includes the substring "accounts" |
||||
|
#dhcp-userclass=set:red,accounts |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to any machine whose |
||||
|
# MAC address matches the pattern. |
||||
|
#dhcp-mac=set:red,00:60:8C:*:*:* |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If this line is uncommented, dnsmasq will read /etc/ethers and act |
||||
|
# on the ethernet-address/IP pairs found there just as if they had |
||||
|
# been given as --dhcp-host options. Useful if you keep |
||||
|
# MAC-address/host mappings there for other purposes. |
||||
|
#read-ethers |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send options to hosts which ask for a DHCP lease. |
||||
|
# See RFC 2132 for details of available options. |
||||
|
# Common options can be given to dnsmasq by name: |
||||
|
# run "dnsmasq --help dhcp" to get a list. |
||||
|
# Note that all the common settings, such as netmask and |
||||
|
# broadcast address, DNS server and default route, are given |
||||
|
# sane defaults by dnsmasq. You very likely will not need |
||||
|
# any dhcp-options. If you use Windows clients and Samba, there |
||||
|
# are some options which are recommended, they are detailed at the |
||||
|
# end of this section. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Override the default route supplied by dnsmasq, which assumes the |
||||
|
# router is the same machine as the one running dnsmasq. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=3,1.2.3.4 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do the same thing, but using the option name |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=option:router,1.2.3.4 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Override the default route supplied by dnsmasq and send no default |
||||
|
# route at all. Note that this only works for the options sent by |
||||
|
# default (1, 3, 6, 12, 28) the same line will send a zero-length option |
||||
|
# for all other option numbers. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=3 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the NTP time server addresses to 192.168.0.4 and 10.10.0.5 |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=option:ntp-server,192.168.0.4,10.10.0.5 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send DHCPv6 option. Note [] around IPv6 addresses. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=option6:dns-server,[1234::77],[1234::88] |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send DHCPv6 option for namservers as the machine running |
||||
|
# dnsmasq and another. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=option6:dns-server,[::],[1234::88] |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Ask client to poll for option changes every six hours. (RFC4242) |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=option6:information-refresh-time,6h |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set option 58 client renewal time (T1). Defaults to half of the |
||||
|
# lease time if not specified. (RFC2132) |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=option:T1:1m |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set option 59 rebinding time (T2). Defaults to 7/8 of the |
||||
|
# lease time if not specified. (RFC2132) |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=option:T2:2m |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the NTP time server address to be the same machine as |
||||
|
# is running dnsmasq |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=42,0.0.0.0 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the NIS domain name to "welly" |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=40,welly |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the default time-to-live to 50 |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=23,50 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the "all subnets are local" flag |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=27,1 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send the etherboot magic flag and then etherboot options (a string). |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=128,e4:45:74:68:00:00 |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=129,NIC=eepro100 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Specify an option which will only be sent to the "red" network |
||||
|
# (see dhcp-range for the declaration of the "red" network) |
||||
|
# Note that the tag: part must precede the option: part. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option = tag:red, option:ntp-server, 192.168.1.1 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# The following DHCP options set up dnsmasq in the same way as is specified |
||||
|
# for the ISC dhcpcd in |
||||
|
# http://www.samba.org/samba/ftp/docs/textdocs/DHCP-Server-Configuration.txt |
||||
|
# adapted for a typical dnsmasq installation where the host running |
||||
|
# dnsmasq is also the host running samba. |
||||
|
# you may want to uncomment some or all of them if you use |
||||
|
# Windows clients and Samba. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=19,0 # option ip-forwarding off |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=44,0.0.0.0 # set netbios-over-TCP/IP nameserver(s) aka WINS server(s) |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=45,0.0.0.0 # netbios datagram distribution server |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=46,8 # netbios node type |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send an empty WPAD option. This may be REQUIRED to get windows 7 to behave. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=252,"\n" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send RFC-3397 DNS domain search DHCP option. WARNING: Your DHCP client |
||||
|
# probably doesn't support this...... |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=option:domain-search,eng.apple.com,marketing.apple.com |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send RFC-3442 classless static routes (note the netmask encoding) |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=121,192.168.1.0/24,1.2.3.4,10.0.0.0/8,5.6.7.8 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send vendor-class specific options encapsulated in DHCP option 43. |
||||
|
# The meaning of the options is defined by the vendor-class so |
||||
|
# options are sent only when the client supplied vendor class |
||||
|
# matches the class given here. (A substring match is OK, so "MSFT" |
||||
|
# matches "MSFT" and "MSFT 5.0"). This example sets the |
||||
|
# mtftp address to 0.0.0.0 for PXEClients. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=vendor:PXEClient,1,0.0.0.0 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send microsoft-specific option to tell windows to release the DHCP lease |
||||
|
# when it shuts down. Note the "i" flag, to tell dnsmasq to send the |
||||
|
# value as a four-byte integer - that's what microsoft wants. See |
||||
|
# http://technet2.microsoft.com/WindowsServer/en/library/a70f1bb7-d2d4-49f0-96d6-4b7414ecfaae1033.mspx?mfr=true |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=vendor:MSFT,2,1i |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send the Encapsulated-vendor-class ID needed by some configurations of |
||||
|
# Etherboot to allow is to recognise the DHCP server. |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=vendor:Etherboot,60,"Etherboot" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Send options to PXELinux. Note that we need to send the options even |
||||
|
# though they don't appear in the parameter request list, so we need |
||||
|
# to use dhcp-option-force here. |
||||
|
# See http://syslinux.zytor.com/pxe.php#special for details. |
||||
|
# Magic number - needed before anything else is recognised |
||||
|
#dhcp-option-force=208,f1:00:74:7e |
||||
|
# Configuration file name |
||||
|
#dhcp-option-force=209,configs/common |
||||
|
# Path prefix |
||||
|
#dhcp-option-force=210,/tftpboot/pxelinux/files/ |
||||
|
# Reboot time. (Note 'i' to send 32-bit value) |
||||
|
#dhcp-option-force=211,30i |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the boot filename for netboot/PXE. You will only need |
||||
|
# this is you want to boot machines over the network and you will need |
||||
|
# a TFTP server; either dnsmasq's built in TFTP server or an |
||||
|
# external one. (See below for how to enable the TFTP server.) |
||||
|
#dhcp-boot=pxelinux.0 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# The same as above, but use custom tftp-server instead machine running dnsmasq |
||||
|
#dhcp-boot=pxelinux,server.name,192.168.1.100 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Boot for Etherboot gPXE. The idea is to send two different |
||||
|
# filenames, the first loads gPXE, and the second tells gPXE what to |
||||
|
# load. The dhcp-match sets the gpxe tag for requests from gPXE. |
||||
|
#dhcp-match=set:gpxe,175 # gPXE sends a 175 option. |
||||
|
#dhcp-boot=tag:!gpxe,undionly.kpxe |
||||
|
#dhcp-boot=mybootimage |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Encapsulated options for Etherboot gPXE. All the options are |
||||
|
# encapsulated within option 175 |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=encap:175, 1, 5b # priority code |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=encap:175, 176, 1b # no-proxydhcp |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=encap:175, 177, string # bus-id |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=encap:175, 189, 1b # BIOS drive code |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=encap:175, 190, user # iSCSI username |
||||
|
#dhcp-option=encap:175, 191, pass # iSCSI password |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Test for the architecture of a netboot client. PXE clients are |
||||
|
# supposed to send their architecture as option 93. (See RFC 4578) |
||||
|
#dhcp-match=peecees, option:client-arch, 0 #x86-32 |
||||
|
#dhcp-match=itanics, option:client-arch, 2 #IA64 |
||||
|
#dhcp-match=hammers, option:client-arch, 6 #x86-64 |
||||
|
#dhcp-match=mactels, option:client-arch, 7 #EFI x86-64 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do real PXE, rather than just booting a single file, this is an |
||||
|
# alternative to dhcp-boot. |
||||
|
#pxe-prompt="What system shall I netboot?" |
||||
|
# or with timeout before first available action is taken: |
||||
|
#pxe-prompt="Press F8 for menu.", 60 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Available boot services. for PXE. |
||||
|
#pxe-service=x86PC, "Boot from local disk" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Loads <tftp-root>/pxelinux.0 from dnsmasq TFTP server. |
||||
|
#pxe-service=x86PC, "Install Linux", pxelinux |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Loads <tftp-root>/pxelinux.0 from TFTP server at 1.2.3.4. |
||||
|
# Beware this fails on old PXE ROMS. |
||||
|
#pxe-service=x86PC, "Install Linux", pxelinux, 1.2.3.4 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Use bootserver on network, found my multicast or broadcast. |
||||
|
#pxe-service=x86PC, "Install windows from RIS server", 1 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Use bootserver at a known IP address. |
||||
|
#pxe-service=x86PC, "Install windows from RIS server", 1, 1.2.3.4 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you have multicast-FTP available, |
||||
|
# information for that can be passed in a similar way using options 1 |
||||
|
# to 5. See page 19 of |
||||
|
# http://download.intel.com/design/archives/wfm/downloads/pxespec.pdf |
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enable dnsmasq's built-in TFTP server |
||||
|
#enable-tftp |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the root directory for files available via FTP. |
||||
|
#tftp-root=/var/ftpd |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Do not abort if the tftp-root is unavailable |
||||
|
#tftp-no-fail |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Make the TFTP server more secure: with this set, only files owned by |
||||
|
# the user dnsmasq is running as will be send over the net. |
||||
|
#tftp-secure |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# This option stops dnsmasq from negotiating a larger blocksize for TFTP |
||||
|
# transfers. It will slow things down, but may rescue some broken TFTP |
||||
|
# clients. |
||||
|
#tftp-no-blocksize |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the boot file name only when the "red" tag is set. |
||||
|
#dhcp-boot=tag:red,pxelinux.red-net |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# An example of dhcp-boot with an external TFTP server: the name and IP |
||||
|
# address of the server are given after the filename. |
||||
|
# Can fail with old PXE ROMS. Overridden by --pxe-service. |
||||
|
#dhcp-boot=/var/ftpd/pxelinux.0,boothost,192.168.0.3 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If there are multiple external tftp servers having a same name |
||||
|
# (using /etc/hosts) then that name can be specified as the |
||||
|
# tftp_servername (the third option to dhcp-boot) and in that |
||||
|
# case dnsmasq resolves this name and returns the resultant IP |
||||
|
# addresses in round robin fasion. This facility can be used to |
||||
|
# load balance the tftp load among a set of servers. |
||||
|
#dhcp-boot=/var/ftpd/pxelinux.0,boothost,tftp_server_name |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the limit on DHCP leases, the default is 150 |
||||
|
#dhcp-lease-max=150 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# The DHCP server needs somewhere on disk to keep its lease database. |
||||
|
# This defaults to a sane location, but if you want to change it, use |
||||
|
# the line below. |
||||
|
#dhcp-leasefile=/var/state/dnsmasq/dnsmasq.leases |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the DHCP server to authoritative mode. In this mode it will barge in |
||||
|
# and take over the lease for any client which broadcasts on the network, |
||||
|
# whether it has a record of the lease or not. This avoids long timeouts |
||||
|
# when a machine wakes up on a new network. DO NOT enable this if there's |
||||
|
# the slightest chance that you might end up accidentally configuring a DHCP |
||||
|
# server for your campus/company accidentally. The ISC server uses |
||||
|
# the same option, and this URL provides more information: |
||||
|
# http://www.isc.org/files/auth.html |
||||
|
#dhcp-authoritative |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Run an executable when a DHCP lease is created or destroyed. |
||||
|
# The arguments sent to the script are "add" or "del", |
||||
|
# then the MAC address, the IP address and finally the hostname |
||||
|
# if there is one. |
||||
|
#dhcp-script=/bin/echo |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the cachesize here. |
||||
|
#cache-size=150 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you want to disable negative caching, uncomment this. |
||||
|
#no-negcache |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Normally responses which come from /etc/hosts and the DHCP lease |
||||
|
# file have Time-To-Live set as zero, which conventionally means |
||||
|
# do not cache further. If you are happy to trade lower load on the |
||||
|
# server for potentially stale date, you can set a time-to-live (in |
||||
|
# seconds) here. |
||||
|
#local-ttl= |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you want dnsmasq to detect attempts by Verisign to send queries |
||||
|
# to unregistered .com and .net hosts to its sitefinder service and |
||||
|
# have dnsmasq instead return the correct NXDOMAIN response, uncomment |
||||
|
# this line. You can add similar lines to do the same for other |
||||
|
# registries which have implemented wildcard A records. |
||||
|
#bogus-nxdomain=64.94.110.11 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If you want to fix up DNS results from upstream servers, use the |
||||
|
# alias option. This only works for IPv4. |
||||
|
# This alias makes a result of 1.2.3.4 appear as 5.6.7.8 |
||||
|
#alias=1.2.3.4,5.6.7.8 |
||||
|
# and this maps 1.2.3.x to 5.6.7.x |
||||
|
#alias=1.2.3.0,5.6.7.0,255.255.255.0 |
||||
|
# and this maps 192.168.0.10->192.168.0.40 to 10.0.0.10->10.0.0.40 |
||||
|
#alias=192.168.0.10-192.168.0.40,10.0.0.0,255.255.255.0 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Change these lines if you want dnsmasq to serve MX records. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Return an MX record named "maildomain.com" with target |
||||
|
# servermachine.com and preference 50 |
||||
|
#mx-host=maildomain.com,servermachine.com,50 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the default target for MX records created using the localmx option. |
||||
|
#mx-target=servermachine.com |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Return an MX record pointing to the mx-target for all local |
||||
|
# machines. |
||||
|
#localmx |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Return an MX record pointing to itself for all local machines. |
||||
|
#selfmx |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Change the following lines if you want dnsmasq to serve SRV |
||||
|
# records. These are useful if you want to serve ldap requests for |
||||
|
# Active Directory and other windows-originated DNS requests. |
||||
|
# See RFC 2782. |
||||
|
# You may add multiple srv-host lines. |
||||
|
# The fields are <name>,<target>,<port>,<priority>,<weight> |
||||
|
# If the domain part if missing from the name (so that is just has the |
||||
|
# service and protocol sections) then the domain given by the domain= |
||||
|
# config option is used. (Note that expand-hosts does not need to be |
||||
|
# set for this to work.) |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# A SRV record sending LDAP for the example.com domain to |
||||
|
# ldapserver.example.com port 389 |
||||
|
#srv-host=_ldap._tcp.example.com,ldapserver.example.com,389 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# A SRV record sending LDAP for the example.com domain to |
||||
|
# ldapserver.example.com port 389 (using domain=) |
||||
|
#domain=example.com |
||||
|
#srv-host=_ldap._tcp,ldapserver.example.com,389 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Two SRV records for LDAP, each with different priorities |
||||
|
#srv-host=_ldap._tcp.example.com,ldapserver.example.com,389,1 |
||||
|
#srv-host=_ldap._tcp.example.com,ldapserver.example.com,389,2 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# A SRV record indicating that there is no LDAP server for the domain |
||||
|
# example.com |
||||
|
#srv-host=_ldap._tcp.example.com |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# The following line shows how to make dnsmasq serve an arbitrary PTR |
||||
|
# record. This is useful for DNS-SD. (Note that the |
||||
|
# domain-name expansion done for SRV records _does_not |
||||
|
# occur for PTR records.) |
||||
|
#ptr-record=_http._tcp.dns-sd-services,"New Employee Page._http._tcp.dns-sd-services" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Change the following lines to enable dnsmasq to serve TXT records. |
||||
|
# These are used for things like SPF and zeroconf. (Note that the |
||||
|
# domain-name expansion done for SRV records _does_not |
||||
|
# occur for TXT records.) |
||||
|
|
||||
|
#Example SPF. |
||||
|
#txt-record=example.com,"v=spf1 a -all" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
#Example zeroconf |
||||
|
#txt-record=_http._tcp.example.com,name=value,paper=A4 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Provide an alias for a "local" DNS name. Note that this _only_ works |
||||
|
# for targets which are names from DHCP or /etc/hosts. Give host |
||||
|
# "bert" another name, bertrand |
||||
|
#cname=bertand,bert |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# For debugging purposes, log each DNS query as it passes through |
||||
|
# dnsmasq. |
||||
|
#log-queries |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Log lots of extra information about DHCP transactions. |
||||
|
#log-dhcp |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Include another lot of configuration options. |
||||
|
#conf-file=/etc/dnsmasq.more.conf |
||||
|
#conf-dir=/etc/dnsmasq.d |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Include all the files in a directory except those ending in .bak |
||||
|
#conf-dir=/etc/dnsmasq.d,.bak |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Include all files in a directory which end in .conf |
||||
|
#conf-dir=/etc/dnsmasq.d/,*.conf |
||||
@ -0,0 +1 @@ |
|||||
|
../conf.avail/10-sub-pixel-rgb.conf |
||||
@ -0,0 +1 @@ |
|||||
|
../conf.avail/11-lcdfilter-default.conf |
||||
@ -0,0 +1 @@ |
|||||
|
../conf.avail/70-no-bitmaps.conf |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ |
|||||
|
<?xml version="1.0"?> |
||||
|
<!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM "fonts.dtd"> |
||||
|
<fontconfig> |
||||
|
<alias> |
||||
|
<family>sans-serif</family> |
||||
|
<prefer> |
||||
|
<family>DejaVu Sans</family> |
||||
|
</prefer> |
||||
|
</alias> |
||||
|
<alias> |
||||
|
<family>serif</family> |
||||
|
<prefer> |
||||
|
<family>DejaVu Serif</family> |
||||
|
</prefer> |
||||
|
</alias> |
||||
|
<alias> |
||||
|
<family>monospace</family> |
||||
|
<prefer> |
||||
|
<family>DejaVu Sans Mono</family> |
||||
|
</prefer> |
||||
|
</alias> |
||||
|
</fontconfig> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ |
|||||
|
# Sample /etc/ntp.conf: Configuration file for ntpd. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Undisciplined Local Clock. This is a fake driver intended for backup |
||||
|
# and when no outside source of synchronized time is available. The |
||||
|
# default stratum is usually 3, but in this case we elect to use stratum |
||||
|
# 0. Since the server line does not have the prefer keyword, this driver |
||||
|
# is never used for synchronization, unless no other other |
||||
|
# synchronization source is available. In case the local host is |
||||
|
# controlled by some external source, such as an external oscillator or |
||||
|
# another protocol, the prefer keyword would cause the local host to |
||||
|
# disregard all other synchronization sources, unless the kernel |
||||
|
# modifications are in use and declare an unsynchronized condition. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
server 127.127.1.0 # local clock |
||||
|
fudge 127.127.1.0 stratum 10 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# NTP server (list one or more) to synchronize with: |
||||
|
server 0.pool.ntp.org iburst |
||||
|
server 1.pool.ntp.org iburst |
||||
|
server 2.pool.ntp.org iburst |
||||
|
server 3.pool.ntp.org iburst |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Drift file. Put this in a directory which the daemon can write to. |
||||
|
# No symbolic links allowed, either, since the daemon updates the file |
||||
|
# by creating a temporary in the same directory and then rename()'ing |
||||
|
# it to the file. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
driftfile /etc/ntp/drift |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Uncomment to use a multicast NTP server on the local subnet: |
||||
|
#multicastclient 224.0.1.1 # listen on default 224.0.1.1 |
||||
|
# Set an optional compensation for broadcast packet delay: |
||||
|
#broadcastdelay 0.008 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Keys file. If you want to diddle your server at run time, make a |
||||
|
# keys file (mode 600 for sure) and define the key number to be |
||||
|
# used for making requests. |
||||
|
# PLEASE DO NOT USE THE DEFAULT VALUES HERE. Pick your own, or remote |
||||
|
# systems might be able to reset your clock at will. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
#keys /etc/ntp/keys |
||||
|
#trustedkey 65535 |
||||
|
#requestkey 65535 |
||||
|
#controlkey 65535 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Don't serve time or stats to anyone else by default (more secure) |
||||
|
restrict default limited kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery |
||||
|
restrict -6 default limited kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Use these lines instead if you do want to serve time and stats to |
||||
|
# other machines on the network: |
||||
|
#restrict default limited kod nomodify notrap nopeer |
||||
|
#restrict -6 default limited kod nomodify notrap nopeer |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Disable the ntpdc -c monlist command, which is insecure and can be used |
||||
|
# to cause a denial of service attack (CVE-2013-5211). Future versions of |
||||
|
# NTP will remove this command. |
||||
|
# (this feature was disabled by default with ntpd 4.2.7p230) |
||||
|
disable monitor |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Trust ourselves. :-) |
||||
|
restrict 127.0.0.1 |
||||
|
restrict ::1 |
||||
|
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ |
|||||
|
# Sample /etc/ntp.conf: Configuration file for ntpd. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Undisciplined Local Clock. This is a fake driver intended for backup |
||||
|
# and when no outside source of synchronized time is available. The |
||||
|
# default stratum is usually 3, but in this case we elect to use stratum |
||||
|
# 0. Since the server line does not have the prefer keyword, this driver |
||||
|
# is never used for synchronization, unless no other other |
||||
|
# synchronization source is available. In case the local host is |
||||
|
# controlled by some external source, such as an external oscillator or |
||||
|
# another protocol, the prefer keyword would cause the local host to |
||||
|
# disregard all other synchronization sources, unless the kernel |
||||
|
# modifications are in use and declare an unsynchronized condition. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
server 127.127.1.0 # local clock |
||||
|
fudge 127.127.1.0 stratum 10 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# NTP server (list one or more) to synchronize with: |
||||
|
#server 0.pool.ntp.org iburst |
||||
|
#server 1.pool.ntp.org iburst |
||||
|
#server 2.pool.ntp.org iburst |
||||
|
#server 3.pool.ntp.org iburst |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Drift file. Put this in a directory which the daemon can write to. |
||||
|
# No symbolic links allowed, either, since the daemon updates the file |
||||
|
# by creating a temporary in the same directory and then rename()'ing |
||||
|
# it to the file. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
driftfile /etc/ntp/drift |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Uncomment to use a multicast NTP server on the local subnet: |
||||
|
#multicastclient 224.0.1.1 # listen on default 224.0.1.1 |
||||
|
# Set an optional compensation for broadcast packet delay: |
||||
|
#broadcastdelay 0.008 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Keys file. If you want to diddle your server at run time, make a |
||||
|
# keys file (mode 600 for sure) and define the key number to be |
||||
|
# used for making requests. |
||||
|
# PLEASE DO NOT USE THE DEFAULT VALUES HERE. Pick your own, or remote |
||||
|
# systems might be able to reset your clock at will. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
#keys /etc/ntp/keys |
||||
|
#trustedkey 65535 |
||||
|
#requestkey 65535 |
||||
|
#controlkey 65535 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Don't serve time or stats to anyone else by default (more secure) |
||||
|
restrict default limited kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery |
||||
|
restrict -6 default limited kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Use these lines instead if you do want to serve time and stats to |
||||
|
# other machines on the network: |
||||
|
#restrict default limited kod nomodify notrap nopeer |
||||
|
#restrict -6 default limited kod nomodify notrap nopeer |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Disable the ntpdc -c monlist command, which is insecure and can be used |
||||
|
# to cause a denial of service attack (CVE-2013-5211). Future versions of |
||||
|
# NTP will remove this command. |
||||
|
# (this feature was disabled by default with ntpd 4.2.7p230) |
||||
|
disable monitor |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Trust ourselves. :-) |
||||
|
restrict 127.0.0.1 |
||||
|
restrict ::1 |
||||
|
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ |
|||||
|
# Unset the LESS variable to prevent problems with some programs |
||||
|
unset LESS |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ |
|||||
|
# Add sbin paths for wheel users |
||||
|
if groups | grep -q '\bwheel\b'; then |
||||
|
export PATH="/usr/local/sbin:/usr/sbin:/sbin:$PATH" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ |
|||||
|
# Create/Set XDG_RUNTIME_DIR |
||||
|
if [ ! "$XDG_RUNTIME_DIR" ]; then |
||||
|
export XDG_RUNTIME_DIR="/run/user/$(id -u)" |
||||
|
mkdir -p "$XDG_RUNTIME_DIR" |
||||
|
chmod 700 "$XDG_RUNTIME_DIR" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,310 @@ |
|||||
|
#! /bin/sh |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# rc.6 This file is executed by init when it goes into runlevel |
||||
|
# 0 (halt) or runlevel 6 (reboot). It kills all processes, |
||||
|
# unmounts file systems and then either halts or reboots. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Version: @(#)/etc/rc.d/rc.6 2.47 Sat Jan 13 13:37:26 PST 2001 |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Author: Miquel van Smoorenburg <miquels@drinkel.nl.mugnet.org> |
||||
|
# Modified by: Patrick J. Volkerding, <volkerdi@slackware.com> |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the path. |
||||
|
PATH=/sbin:/etc:/bin:/usr/bin |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If there are SystemV init scripts for this runlevel, run them. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.sysvinit ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.sysvinit |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set linefeed mode to avoid staircase effect. |
||||
|
/bin/stty onlcr |
||||
|
|
||||
|
echo "Running shutdown script $0:" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Find out how we were called. |
||||
|
case "$0" in |
||||
|
*0) |
||||
|
shutdown_command="halt" |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
*6) |
||||
|
shutdown_command=reboot |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
*) |
||||
|
echo "$0: call me as \"rc.0\" or \"rc.6\" please!" |
||||
|
exit 1 |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
esac |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Save the system time to the hardware clock using hwclock --systohc. |
||||
|
# This will also create or update the timestamps in /etc/adjtime. |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/hwclock ]; then |
||||
|
# Check for a broken motherboard RTC clock (where ioports for rtc are |
||||
|
# unknown) to prevent hwclock causing a hang: |
||||
|
if ! grep -q " : rtc" /proc/ioports ; then |
||||
|
CLOCK_OPT="--directisa" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ /etc/adjtime -nt /etc/hardwareclock ]; then |
||||
|
if grep -q "^LOCAL" /etc/adjtime ; then |
||||
|
echo "Saving system time to the hardware clock (localtime)." |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo "Saving system time to the hardware clock (UTC)." |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
/sbin/hwclock $CLOCK_OPT --systohc |
||||
|
elif grep -q "^UTC" /etc/hardwareclock 2> /dev/null ; then |
||||
|
echo "Saving system time to the hardware clock (UTC)." |
||||
|
if [ ! -r /etc/adjtime ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Creating system time correction file /etc/adjtime." |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
/sbin/hwclock $CLOCK_OPT --utc --systohc |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo "Saving system time to the hardware clock (localtime)." |
||||
|
if [ ! -r /etc/adjtime ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Creating system time correction file /etc/adjtime." |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
/sbin/hwclock $CLOCK_OPT --localtime --systohc |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Save the current alsa mixer settings: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.alsa -a -d /proc/asound ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Storing ALSA mixer settings: /usr/sbin/alsactl store" |
||||
|
/usr/sbin/alsactl store |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Run any local shutdown scripts: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.local_shutdown ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.local_shutdown stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Stop Profile-sync-daemon: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.psd ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.psd stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Stop the Apache web server: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.httpd ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.httpd stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Stop the MySQL database: |
||||
|
if [ -r /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.mysqld stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Stop the Samba server: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.samba ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.samba stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Shut down the NFS server: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.nfsd ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.nfsd stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Shut down the SSH server: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.sshd ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.sshd stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Shut down the SASL authentication daemon: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.saslauthd ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.saslauthd stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Shut down OpenLDAP: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.openldap ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.openldap stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Stop D-Bus: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.messagebus ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.messagebus stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Kill any processes (typically gam) that would otherwise prevent |
||||
|
# unmounting NFS volumes: |
||||
|
unset FUSER_DELAY |
||||
|
for dir in $(/bin/mount | grep 'type nfs ' | cut -d ' ' -f 3 ) ; do |
||||
|
echo "Killing processes holding NFS mount $dir open..." |
||||
|
# Background this to prevent fuser from also blocking shutdown: |
||||
|
/usr/bin/fuser -k -m $dir & |
||||
|
FUSER_DELAY=5 |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
# If fuser was run, let it have some delay: |
||||
|
if [ ! -z "$FUSER_DELAY" ]; then |
||||
|
sleep $FUSER_DELAY |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Unmount any NFS, SMB, or CIFS filesystems: |
||||
|
echo "Unmounting remote filesystems:" |
||||
|
/bin/umount -v -a -l -f -r -t nfs,smbfs,cifs | tr -d ' ' | grep successfully | sed "s/:successfullyunmounted/ has been successfully unmounted./g" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Try to shut down pppd: |
||||
|
PS="$(ps ax)" |
||||
|
if echo "$PS" | /bin/grep -q -w pppd ; then |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/sbin/ppp-off ]; then |
||||
|
/usr/sbin/ppp-off |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Shut down YP services: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.yp ]; then |
||||
|
if grep -wq stop /etc/rc.d/rc.yp ; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.yp stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Bring down the networking system, but first make sure that this |
||||
|
# isn't a diskless client with the / partition mounted via NFS: |
||||
|
if ! /bin/mount | /bin/grep -q 'on / type nfs' ; then |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.inet1 ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.inet1 stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# In case dhcpcd might have been manually started on the command line, |
||||
|
# look for the .pid file, and shut dhcpcd down if it's found: |
||||
|
if /bin/ls /etc/dhcpc/*.pid 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then |
||||
|
/sbin/dhcpcd -k 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
# A little time for /etc/resolv.conf and/or other files to |
||||
|
# restore themselves. |
||||
|
sleep 2 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Shut down PCMCIA devices: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia stop |
||||
|
# The cards might need a little extra time here to deactivate: |
||||
|
/bin/sleep 5 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Turn off process accounting: |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/accton -a -r /var/log/pacct ]; then |
||||
|
/sbin/accton off |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Terminate acpid before syslog: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.acpid -a -r /var/run/acpid.pid ]; then # quit |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.acpid stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Stop udev: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.udev ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.udev force-stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Kill all remaining processes. |
||||
|
OMITPIDS="$(for p in $(pgrep mdmon); do echo -o $p; done)" # Don't kill mdmon |
||||
|
if [ ! "$1" = "fast" ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Sending all processes the SIGTERM signal." |
||||
|
/sbin/killall5 -15 $OMITPIDS |
||||
|
/bin/sleep 5 |
||||
|
echo "Sending all processes the SIGKILL signal." |
||||
|
/sbin/killall5 -9 $OMITPIDS |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Try to turn off quota. |
||||
|
if /bin/grep -q quota /etc/fstab ; then |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/quotaoff ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Turning off filesystem quotas." |
||||
|
/sbin/quotaoff -a |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Carry a random seed between reboots. |
||||
|
echo "Saving random seed from /dev/urandom in /etc/random-seed." |
||||
|
# Use the pool size from /proc, or 4096 bits: |
||||
|
if [ -r /proc/sys/kernel/random/poolsize ]; then |
||||
|
/bin/dd if=/dev/urandom of=/etc/random-seed count=1 bs=$(expr $(cat /proc/sys/kernel/random/poolsize) / 8) 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
/bin/dd if=/dev/urandom of=/etc/random-seed count=1 bs=512 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
/bin/chmod 600 /etc/random-seed |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Before unmounting file systems write a reboot or halt record to wtmp. |
||||
|
$shutdown_command -w |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Turn off swap: |
||||
|
echo "Turning off swap." |
||||
|
/sbin/swapoff -a |
||||
|
/bin/sync |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Stop cgmanager and cgproxy: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.cgmanager ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.cgmanager stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
echo "Unmounting local file systems:" |
||||
|
/bin/umount -v -a -t no,proc,sysfs | tr -d ' ' | grep successfully | sed "s/:successfullyunmounted/ has been successfully unmounted./g" 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
|
||||
|
echo "Remounting root filesystem read-only:" |
||||
|
/bin/mount -v -n -o remount,ro / |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# This never hurts: |
||||
|
/bin/sync |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Close any volumes opened by cryptsetup: |
||||
|
if [ -f /etc/crypttab -a -x /sbin/cryptsetup ]; then |
||||
|
cat /etc/crypttab | grep -v "^#" | grep -v "^$" | while read line; do |
||||
|
# NOTE: we only support LUKS formatted volumes (except for swap)! |
||||
|
LUKS=$(echo $line | tr '\t' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f1 -d' ') |
||||
|
DEV=$(echo $line | tr '\t' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f2 -d' ') |
||||
|
OPTS=$(echo $line | tr '\t' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f4 -d' ') |
||||
|
if /sbin/cryptsetup isLuks $DEV 2>/dev/null ; then |
||||
|
echo "Locking LUKS crypt volume '${LUKS}':" |
||||
|
/sbin/cryptsetup luksClose ${LUKS} |
||||
|
elif echo $OPTS | grep -wq swap ; then |
||||
|
# If any of the volumes was used as encrypted swap, |
||||
|
# then run mkswap on the underlying device - |
||||
|
# in case other Linux installations on this computer should use it: |
||||
|
echo "Erasing encrypted swap '${LUKS}' and restoring normal swap on ${DEV}:" |
||||
|
/sbin/cryptsetup remove ${LUKS} |
||||
|
mkswap $DEV |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Deactivate LVM volume groups: |
||||
|
if [ -r /etc/lvmtab -o -d /etc/lvm/backup ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Deactivating LVM volume groups:" |
||||
|
/sbin/vgchange -an --ignorelockingfailure |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# This never hurts again (especially since root-on-LVM always fails |
||||
|
# to deactivate the / logical volume... but at least it was |
||||
|
# remounted as read-only first) |
||||
|
/bin/sync |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# sleep 3 fixes problems with some hard drives that don't |
||||
|
# otherwise finish syncing before reboot or poweroff |
||||
|
/bin/sleep 3 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# This is to ensure all processes have completed on SMP machines: |
||||
|
wait |
||||
|
|
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/genpowerd ]; then |
||||
|
# See if this is a powerfail situation: |
||||
|
if /bin/egrep -q "FAIL|SCRAM" /etc/upsstatus 2> /dev/null ; then |
||||
|
# Signal UPS to shut off the inverter: |
||||
|
/sbin/genpowerd -k |
||||
|
if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
echo "There was an error signaling the UPS." |
||||
|
echo "Perhaps you need to edit /etc/genpowerd.conf to configure" |
||||
|
echo "the serial line and UPS type." |
||||
|
# Wasting 15 seconds of precious power: |
||||
|
/bin/sleep 15 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Now halt (poweroff with APM or ACPI enabled kernels) or reboot. |
||||
|
if [ "$shutdown_command" = "reboot" ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Rebooting." |
||||
|
/sbin/reboot |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
/sbin/poweroff |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ |
|||||
|
#! /bin/sh |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# rc.6 This file is executed by init when it goes into runlevel |
||||
|
# 0 (halt) or runlevel 6 (reboot). It kills all processes, |
||||
|
# unmounts file systems and then either halts or reboots. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Version: @(#)/etc/rc.d/rc.6 2.47 Sat Jan 13 13:37:26 PST 2001 |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Author: Miquel van Smoorenburg <miquels@drinkel.nl.mugnet.org> |
||||
|
# Modified by: Patrick J. Volkerding, <volkerdi@slackware.com> |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the path. |
||||
|
PATH=/sbin:/etc:/bin:/usr/bin |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If there are SystemV init scripts for this runlevel, run them. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.sysvinit ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.sysvinit |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set linefeed mode to avoid staircase effect. |
||||
|
/bin/stty onlcr |
||||
|
|
||||
|
echo "Running shutdown script $0:" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Find out how we were called. |
||||
|
case "$0" in |
||||
|
*0) |
||||
|
shutdown_command="halt" |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
*6) |
||||
|
shutdown_command=reboot |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
*) |
||||
|
echo "$0: call me as \"rc.0\" or \"rc.6\" please!" |
||||
|
exit 1 |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
esac |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Save the system time to the hardware clock using hwclock --systohc. |
||||
|
# This will also create or update the timestamps in /etc/adjtime. |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/hwclock ]; then |
||||
|
# Check for a broken motherboard RTC clock (where ioports for rtc are |
||||
|
# unknown) to prevent hwclock causing a hang: |
||||
|
if ! grep -q " : rtc" /proc/ioports ; then |
||||
|
CLOCK_OPT="--directisa" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ /etc/adjtime -nt /etc/hardwareclock ]; then |
||||
|
if grep -q "^LOCAL" /etc/adjtime ; then |
||||
|
echo "Saving system time to the hardware clock (localtime)." |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo "Saving system time to the hardware clock (UTC)." |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
/sbin/hwclock $CLOCK_OPT --systohc |
||||
|
elif grep -q "^UTC" /etc/hardwareclock 2> /dev/null ; then |
||||
|
echo "Saving system time to the hardware clock (UTC)." |
||||
|
if [ ! -r /etc/adjtime ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Creating system time correction file /etc/adjtime." |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
/sbin/hwclock $CLOCK_OPT --utc --systohc |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo "Saving system time to the hardware clock (localtime)." |
||||
|
if [ ! -r /etc/adjtime ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Creating system time correction file /etc/adjtime." |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
/sbin/hwclock $CLOCK_OPT --localtime --systohc |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Run any local shutdown scripts: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.local_shutdown ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.local_shutdown stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Stop the Apache web server: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.httpd ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.httpd stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Stop the MySQL database: |
||||
|
if [ -r /var/run/mysql/mysql.pid ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.mysqld stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Stop the Samba server: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.samba ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.samba stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Shut down the NFS server: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.nfsd ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.nfsd stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Shut down the SSH server: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.sshd ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.sshd stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Shut down the SASL authentication daemon: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.saslauthd ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.saslauthd stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Shut down OpenLDAP: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.openldap ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.openldap stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Stop D-Bus: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.messagebus ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.messagebus stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Kill any processes (typically gam) that would otherwise prevent |
||||
|
# unmounting NFS volumes: |
||||
|
unset FUSER_DELAY |
||||
|
for dir in $(/bin/mount | grep 'type nfs ' | cut -d ' ' -f 3 ) ; do |
||||
|
echo "Killing processes holding NFS mount $dir open..." |
||||
|
# Background this to prevent fuser from also blocking shutdown: |
||||
|
/usr/bin/fuser -k -m $dir & |
||||
|
FUSER_DELAY=5 |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
# If fuser was run, let it have some delay: |
||||
|
if [ ! -z "$FUSER_DELAY" ]; then |
||||
|
sleep $FUSER_DELAY |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Unmount any NFS, SMB, or CIFS filesystems: |
||||
|
echo "Unmounting remote filesystems:" |
||||
|
/bin/umount -v -a -l -f -r -t nfs,smbfs,cifs | tr -d ' ' | grep successfully | sed "s/:successfullyunmounted/ has been successfully unmounted./g" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Try to shut down pppd: |
||||
|
PS="$(ps ax)" |
||||
|
if echo "$PS" | /bin/grep -q -w pppd ; then |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/sbin/ppp-off ]; then |
||||
|
/usr/sbin/ppp-off |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Shut down YP services: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.yp ]; then |
||||
|
if grep -wq stop /etc/rc.d/rc.yp ; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.yp stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Bring down the networking system, but first make sure that this |
||||
|
# isn't a diskless client with the / partition mounted via NFS: |
||||
|
if ! /bin/mount | /bin/grep -q 'on / type nfs' ; then |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.inet1 ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.inet1 stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# In case dhcpcd might have been manually started on the command line, |
||||
|
# look for the .pid file, and shut dhcpcd down if it's found: |
||||
|
if /bin/ls /etc/dhcpc/*.pid 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then |
||||
|
/sbin/dhcpcd -k 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
# A little time for /etc/resolv.conf and/or other files to |
||||
|
# restore themselves. |
||||
|
sleep 2 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Shut down PCMCIA devices: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia stop |
||||
|
# The cards might need a little extra time here to deactivate: |
||||
|
/bin/sleep 5 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Turn off process accounting: |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/accton -a -r /var/log/pacct ]; then |
||||
|
/sbin/accton off |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Terminate acpid before syslog: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.acpid -a -r /var/run/acpid.pid ]; then # quit |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.acpid stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Stop udev: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.udev ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.udev force-stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Kill all remaining processes. |
||||
|
OMITPIDS="$(for p in $(pgrep mdmon); do echo -o $p; done)" # Don't kill mdmon |
||||
|
if [ ! "$1" = "fast" ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Sending all processes the SIGTERM signal." |
||||
|
/sbin/killall5 -15 $OMITPIDS |
||||
|
/bin/sleep 5 |
||||
|
echo "Sending all processes the SIGKILL signal." |
||||
|
/sbin/killall5 -9 $OMITPIDS |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Try to turn off quota. |
||||
|
if /bin/grep -q quota /etc/fstab ; then |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/quotaoff ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Turning off filesystem quotas." |
||||
|
/sbin/quotaoff -a |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Carry a random seed between reboots. |
||||
|
echo "Saving random seed from /dev/urandom in /etc/random-seed." |
||||
|
# Use the pool size from /proc, or 4096 bits: |
||||
|
if [ -r /proc/sys/kernel/random/poolsize ]; then |
||||
|
/bin/dd if=/dev/urandom of=/etc/random-seed count=1 bs=$(expr $(cat /proc/sys/kernel/random/poolsize) / 8) 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
/bin/dd if=/dev/urandom of=/etc/random-seed count=1 bs=512 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
/bin/chmod 600 /etc/random-seed |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Before unmounting file systems write a reboot or halt record to wtmp. |
||||
|
$shutdown_command -w |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Turn off swap: |
||||
|
echo "Turning off swap." |
||||
|
/sbin/swapoff -a |
||||
|
/bin/sync |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Stop cgmanager and cgproxy: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.cgmanager ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.cgmanager stop |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
echo "Unmounting local file systems:" |
||||
|
/bin/umount -v -a -t no,proc,sysfs | tr -d ' ' | grep successfully | sed "s/:successfullyunmounted/ has been successfully unmounted./g" 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
|
||||
|
echo "Remounting root filesystem read-only:" |
||||
|
/bin/mount -v -n -o remount,ro / |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# This never hurts: |
||||
|
/bin/sync |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Close any volumes opened by cryptsetup: |
||||
|
if [ -f /etc/crypttab -a -x /sbin/cryptsetup ]; then |
||||
|
cat /etc/crypttab | grep -v "^#" | grep -v "^$" | while read line; do |
||||
|
# NOTE: we only support LUKS formatted volumes (except for swap)! |
||||
|
LUKS=$(echo $line | tr '\t' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f1 -d' ') |
||||
|
DEV=$(echo $line | tr '\t' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f2 -d' ') |
||||
|
OPTS=$(echo $line | tr '\t' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f4 -d' ') |
||||
|
if /sbin/cryptsetup isLuks $DEV 2>/dev/null ; then |
||||
|
echo "Locking LUKS crypt volume '${LUKS}':" |
||||
|
/sbin/cryptsetup luksClose ${LUKS} |
||||
|
elif echo $OPTS | grep -wq swap ; then |
||||
|
# If any of the volumes was used as encrypted swap, |
||||
|
# then run mkswap on the underlying device - |
||||
|
# in case other Linux installations on this computer should use it: |
||||
|
echo "Erasing encrypted swap '${LUKS}' and restoring normal swap on ${DEV}:" |
||||
|
/sbin/cryptsetup remove ${LUKS} |
||||
|
mkswap $DEV |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Deactivate LVM volume groups: |
||||
|
if [ -r /etc/lvmtab -o -d /etc/lvm/backup ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Deactivating LVM volume groups:" |
||||
|
/sbin/vgchange -an --ignorelockingfailure |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# This never hurts again (especially since root-on-LVM always fails |
||||
|
# to deactivate the / logical volume... but at least it was |
||||
|
# remounted as read-only first) |
||||
|
/bin/sync |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# sleep 3 fixes problems with some hard drives that don't |
||||
|
# otherwise finish syncing before reboot or poweroff |
||||
|
/bin/sleep 3 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# This is to ensure all processes have completed on SMP machines: |
||||
|
wait |
||||
|
|
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/genpowerd ]; then |
||||
|
# See if this is a powerfail situation: |
||||
|
if /bin/egrep -q "FAIL|SCRAM" /etc/upsstatus 2> /dev/null ; then |
||||
|
# Signal UPS to shut off the inverter: |
||||
|
/sbin/genpowerd -k |
||||
|
if [ ! $? = 0 ]; then |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
echo "There was an error signaling the UPS." |
||||
|
echo "Perhaps you need to edit /etc/genpowerd.conf to configure" |
||||
|
echo "the serial line and UPS type." |
||||
|
# Wasting 15 seconds of precious power: |
||||
|
/bin/sleep 15 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Now halt (poweroff with APM or ACPI enabled kernels) or reboot. |
||||
|
if [ "$shutdown_command" = "reboot" ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Rebooting." |
||||
|
/sbin/reboot |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
/sbin/poweroff |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,393 @@ |
|||||
|
#!/bin/sh |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# rc.M This file is executed by init(8) when the system is being |
||||
|
# initialized for one of the "multi user" run levels (i.e. |
||||
|
# levels 1 through 6). It usually does mounting of file |
||||
|
# systems et al. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Version: @(#)/etc/rc.d/rc.M 2.23 Wed Feb 26 19:20:58 PST 2003 |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Author: Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org> |
||||
|
# Heavily modified by Patrick Volkerding <volkerdi@slackware.com> |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Tell the viewers what's going to happen. |
||||
|
echo "Going multiuser..." |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Update all the shared library links: |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/ldconfig ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Updating shared library links: /sbin/ldconfig &" |
||||
|
/sbin/ldconfig & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Screen blanks after 15 minutes idle time, and powers down in one hour |
||||
|
# if the kernel supports APM or ACPI power management: |
||||
|
/bin/setterm -blank 15 -powersave powerdown -powerdown 60 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the hostname. |
||||
|
if [ -r /etc/HOSTNAME ]; then |
||||
|
/bin/hostname $(cat /etc/HOSTNAME | cut -f1 -d .) |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
# fall back on this old default: |
||||
|
echo "darkstar.example.net" > /etc/HOSTNAME |
||||
|
/bin/hostname darkstar |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the permissions on /var/log/dmesg according to whether the kernel |
||||
|
# permits non-root users to access kernel dmesg information: |
||||
|
if [ -r /proc/sys/kernel/dmesg_restrict ]; then |
||||
|
if [ $(cat /proc/sys/kernel/dmesg_restrict) = 1 ]; then |
||||
|
touch /var/log/dmesg |
||||
|
chmod 640 /var/log/dmesg |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
touch /var/log/dmesg |
||||
|
chmod 644 /var/log/dmesg |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
# Save the contents of 'dmesg': |
||||
|
/bin/dmesg -s 65536 > /var/log/dmesg |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Initialize PCMCIA devices: |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# NOTE: This used to be started near the top of rc.S so that PCMCIA devices |
||||
|
# could be fsck'ed along with the other drives. This had some unfortunate |
||||
|
# side effects, however, since root isn't yet read-write, and /var might not |
||||
|
# even be mounted the .pid files can't be correctly written in /var/run and |
||||
|
# the pcmcia system can't be correctly shut down. If you want some PCMCIA |
||||
|
# partition to be mounted at boot (or when the card is inserted) then add |
||||
|
# the appropriate lines to /etc/pcmcia/scsi.opts. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Note that the stuff in /etc/pcmcia/ is only for 2.4.x kernels using |
||||
|
# 16-bit PCMCIA cards (not 32-bit Cardbus cards!). For example, with a |
||||
|
# wireless card you might need to set options in /etc/pcmcia OR in |
||||
|
# /etc/rc.d/rc.wireless.conf, or even in /etc/rc.d/rc.inet1.conf (with |
||||
|
# extra options if needed for the encryption key, ESSID, etc.) |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Hopefully this situation will be unified in the future, but for now |
||||
|
# that's how it is... |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia start |
||||
|
# The cards might need a little extra time here to initialize. |
||||
|
sleep 5 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the system logger. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.syslog -a -x /usr/sbin/syslogd -a -d /var/log ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.syslog start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Update the X font indexes: |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/bin/fc-cache ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Updating X font indexes: /usr/bin/fc-cache -f &" |
||||
|
/usr/bin/fc-cache -f & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Run rc.udev again. This will start udev if it is not already running |
||||
|
# (for example, upon return from runlevel 1), otherwise it will trigger it |
||||
|
# to look for device changes and to generate persistent rules if needed. |
||||
|
if grep -wq sysfs /proc/mounts && grep -q devtmpfs /proc/filesystems ; then |
||||
|
if ! grep -wq nohotplug /proc/cmdline ; then |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.udev ]; then |
||||
|
/bin/sh /etc/rc.d/rc.udev start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Initialize the networking hardware. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.inet1 ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.inet1 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start D-Bus: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.messagebus ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.messagebus start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start Bluetooth: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.bluetooth ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.bluetooth start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start wicd or networkmanager: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.wicd -a -x /usr/sbin/wicd ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.wicd start |
||||
|
elif [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.networkmanager ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.networkmanager start |
||||
|
elif [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.dhcpcd ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.dhcpcd start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start networking daemons: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.inet2 ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.inet2 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Look for additional USB/SCSI/IEEE1394/etc devices on multiple LUNs: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.scanluns ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.scanluns |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Mount any additional filesystem types that haven't already been mounted: |
||||
|
mount -a -v 2> /dev/null | grep -v -e "already mounted" -e "ignored" | cut -f 1 -d : | tr -d ' ' | while read dev ; do mount | grep "${dev} " ; done |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the Control Script for automounter: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.autofs ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.autofs start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the Network Time Protocol daemon: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.ntpd ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.ntpd start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Remove stale locks and junk files (must be done after mount -a!) |
||||
|
/bin/rm -f /var/lock/* /var/spool/uucp/LCK..* /tmp/.X*lock /tmp/core /core 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
/bin/rm -rf /var/spool/cron/cron.?????? 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Remove stale hunt sockets so the game can start. |
||||
|
if [ -r /tmp/hunt -o -r /tmp/hunt.stats ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Removing your stale hunt sockets from /tmp." |
||||
|
/bin/rm -f /tmp/hunt* |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Ensure basic filesystem permissions sanity. |
||||
|
chmod 755 / 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
chmod 1777 /tmp /var/tmp |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start ACPI daemon. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.acpid ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.acpid start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enable CPU frequency scaling: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.cpufreq ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.cpufreq start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Update any existing icon cache files: |
||||
|
if find /usr/share/icons -maxdepth 2 2> /dev/null | grep -q icon-theme.cache ; then |
||||
|
for theme_dir in /usr/share/icons/* ; do |
||||
|
if [ -r ${theme_dir}/icon-theme.cache ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Updating icon-theme.cache in ${theme_dir}..." |
||||
|
/usr/bin/gtk-update-icon-cache -t -f ${theme_dir} 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
# This would be a large file and probably shouldn't be there. |
||||
|
if [ -r /usr/share/icons/icon-theme.cache ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Deleting icon-theme.cache in /usr/share/icons..." |
||||
|
#/usr/bin/gtk-update-icon-cache -t -f /usr/share/icons 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null & |
||||
|
rm -f /usr/share/icons/icon-theme.cache |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Update mime database: |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/bin/update-mime-database -a -d /usr/share/mime ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Updating MIME database: /usr/bin/update-mime-database /usr/share/mime &" |
||||
|
/usr/bin/update-mime-database /usr/share/mime 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start console-kit-daemon: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.consolekit ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.consolekit start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start HAL: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.hald ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.hald start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start system-wide PulseAudio daemon (not recommended, nor required in |
||||
|
# order to use PulseAudio -- see the script for details): |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.pulseaudio ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.pulseaudio start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# These GTK+/pango files need to be kept up to date for |
||||
|
# proper input method, pixbuf loaders, and font support. |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/bin/update-gtk-immodules ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Updating gtk.immodules:" |
||||
|
echo " /usr/bin/update-gtk-immodules &" |
||||
|
/usr/bin/update-gtk-immodules > /dev/null 2>&1 & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/bin/update-gdk-pixbuf-loaders ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Updating gdk-pixbuf.loaders:" |
||||
|
echo " /usr/bin/update-gdk-pixbuf-loaders &" |
||||
|
/usr/bin/update-gdk-pixbuf-loaders > /dev/null 2>&1 & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/bin/update-pango-querymodules ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Updating pango.modules:" |
||||
|
echo " /usr/bin/update-pango-querymodules &" |
||||
|
/usr/bin/update-pango-querymodules > /dev/null 2>&1 & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/bin/glib-compile-schemas ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Compiling GSettings XML schema files:" |
||||
|
echo " /usr/bin/glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas &" |
||||
|
/usr/bin/glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas >/dev/null 2>&1 & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start dnsmasq, a simple DHCP/DNS server: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.dnsmasq ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.dnsmasq start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start snmpd: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.snmpd ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.snmpd start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the print spooling system. This will usually be LPRng (lpd) or CUPS. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.cups ]; then |
||||
|
# Start CUPS: |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.cups start |
||||
|
elif [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.lprng ]; then |
||||
|
# Start LPRng (lpd): |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.lprng start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start netatalk. (a file/print server for Macs using Appletalk) |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.atalk ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.atalk start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start smartd, which monitors the status of S.M.A.R.T. compatible |
||||
|
# hard drives and reports any problems. Note some devices (which aren't |
||||
|
# smart, I guess ;) will hang if probed by smartd, so it's commented out |
||||
|
# by default. |
||||
|
#if [ -x /usr/sbin/smartd ]; then |
||||
|
# /usr/sbin/smartd |
||||
|
#fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Monitor the UPS with genpowerd. |
||||
|
# To use this, uncomment this section and edit your settings in |
||||
|
# /etc/genpowerd.conf (serial device, UPS type, etc). For more information, |
||||
|
# see "man genpowerd" or the extensive documentation in the |
||||
|
# /usr/doc/genpower-*/ directory. |
||||
|
# You'll also need to configure a similar block in /etc/rc.d/rc.6 if you want |
||||
|
# support for stopping the UPS's inverter after the machine halts. |
||||
|
#if [ -x /sbin/genpowerd ]; then |
||||
|
# echo "Starting genpowerd daemon..." |
||||
|
# /sbin/genpowerd |
||||
|
#fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Turn on process accounting. To enable process accounting, make sure the |
||||
|
# option for BSD process accounting is enabled in your kernel, and then |
||||
|
# create the file /var/log/pacct (touch /var/log/pacct). By default, process |
||||
|
# accounting is not enabled (since /var/log/pacct does not exist). This is |
||||
|
# because the log file can get VERY large. |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/accton -a -r /var/log/pacct ]; then |
||||
|
chmod 640 /var/log/pacct |
||||
|
/sbin/accton /var/log/pacct |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start crond (Dillon's crond): |
||||
|
# If you want cron to actually log activity to /var/log/cron, then change |
||||
|
# -l notice to -l info to increase the logging level. |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/sbin/crond ]; then |
||||
|
/usr/sbin/crond -l notice |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start atd (manages jobs scheduled with 'at'): |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/sbin/atd ]; then |
||||
|
/usr/sbin/atd -b 15 -l 1 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Slackware-Mini-Quota-HOWTO: |
||||
|
# To really activate quotas, you'll need to add 'usrquota' and/or 'grpquota' to |
||||
|
# the appropriate partitions as listed in /etc/fstab. Here's an example: |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# /dev/hda2 /home ext3 defaults,usrquota 1 1 |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# You'll then need to setup initial quota files at the top of the partitions |
||||
|
# to support quota, like this: |
||||
|
# touch /home/aquota.user /home/aquota.group |
||||
|
# chmod 600 /home/aquota.user /home/aquota.group |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Then, reboot to activate the system. |
||||
|
# To edit user quotas, use 'edquota'. See 'man edquota'. Also, the |
||||
|
# official Quota Mini-HOWTO has lots of useful information. That can be found |
||||
|
# here: /usr/doc/Linux-HOWTOs/Quota |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Check quotas and then turn quota system on: |
||||
|
if grep -q quota /etc/fstab ; then |
||||
|
for quotafs in $(awk '/quota/ {print $2}' /etc/fstab) ; do |
||||
|
/bin/rm -f $quotafs/{a,}quota.{group,user}.new |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/quotacheck ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Checking filesystem quotas: /sbin/quotacheck -avugm" |
||||
|
/sbin/quotacheck -avugm |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/quotaon ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Activating filesystem quotas: /sbin/quotaon -avug" |
||||
|
/sbin/quotaon -avug |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the SASL authentication server. This provides SASL |
||||
|
# authentication services for sendmail: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.saslauthd ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.saslauthd start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the sendmail daemon: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.sendmail ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.sendmail start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Load ALSA (sound) defaults: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.alsa ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.alsa |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Load a custom screen font if the user has an rc.font script. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.font ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.font |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Load a custom keymap if the user has an rc.keymap script. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.keymap ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.keymap |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the MySQL database: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.mysqld ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.mysqld start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start Apache web server: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.httpd ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.httpd start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start OpenLDAP: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.openldap ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.openldap start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start Samba (a file/print server for Win95/NT machines). |
||||
|
# Samba can be started in /etc/inetd.conf instead. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.samba ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.samba start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the GPM mouse server: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.gpm ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.gpm start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If there are SystemV init scripts for this runlevel, run them. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.sysvinit ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.sysvinit |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start Profile-sync-daemon: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.psd ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.psd start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the local setup procedure. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.local ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.local |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# All done. |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ |
|||||
|
#!/bin/sh |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# rc.M This file is executed by init(8) when the system is being |
||||
|
# initialized for one of the "multi user" run levels (i.e. |
||||
|
# levels 1 through 6). It usually does mounting of file |
||||
|
# systems et al. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Version: @(#)/etc/rc.d/rc.M 2.23 Wed Feb 26 19:20:58 PST 2003 |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Author: Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org> |
||||
|
# Heavily modified by Patrick Volkerding <volkerdi@slackware.com> |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Tell the viewers what's going to happen. |
||||
|
echo "Going multiuser..." |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Update all the shared library links: |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/ldconfig ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Updating shared library links: /sbin/ldconfig &" |
||||
|
/sbin/ldconfig & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Screen blanks after 15 minutes idle time, and powers down in one hour |
||||
|
# if the kernel supports APM or ACPI power management: |
||||
|
/bin/setterm -blank 15 -powersave powerdown -powerdown 60 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the hostname. |
||||
|
if [ -r /etc/HOSTNAME ]; then |
||||
|
/bin/hostname $(cat /etc/HOSTNAME | cut -f1 -d .) |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
# fall back on this old default: |
||||
|
echo "darkstar.example.net" > /etc/HOSTNAME |
||||
|
/bin/hostname darkstar |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the permissions on /var/log/dmesg according to whether the kernel |
||||
|
# permits non-root users to access kernel dmesg information: |
||||
|
if [ -r /proc/sys/kernel/dmesg_restrict ]; then |
||||
|
if [ $(cat /proc/sys/kernel/dmesg_restrict) = 1 ]; then |
||||
|
touch /var/log/dmesg |
||||
|
chmod 640 /var/log/dmesg |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
touch /var/log/dmesg |
||||
|
chmod 644 /var/log/dmesg |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
# Save the contents of 'dmesg': |
||||
|
/bin/dmesg -s 65536 > /var/log/dmesg |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Initialize PCMCIA devices: |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# NOTE: This used to be started near the top of rc.S so that PCMCIA devices |
||||
|
# could be fsck'ed along with the other drives. This had some unfortunate |
||||
|
# side effects, however, since root isn't yet read-write, and /var might not |
||||
|
# even be mounted the .pid files can't be correctly written in /var/run and |
||||
|
# the pcmcia system can't be correctly shut down. If you want some PCMCIA |
||||
|
# partition to be mounted at boot (or when the card is inserted) then add |
||||
|
# the appropriate lines to /etc/pcmcia/scsi.opts. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Note that the stuff in /etc/pcmcia/ is only for 2.4.x kernels using |
||||
|
# 16-bit PCMCIA cards (not 32-bit Cardbus cards!). For example, with a |
||||
|
# wireless card you might need to set options in /etc/pcmcia OR in |
||||
|
# /etc/rc.d/rc.wireless.conf, or even in /etc/rc.d/rc.inet1.conf (with |
||||
|
# extra options if needed for the encryption key, ESSID, etc.) |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Hopefully this situation will be unified in the future, but for now |
||||
|
# that's how it is... |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia start |
||||
|
# The cards might need a little extra time here to initialize. |
||||
|
sleep 5 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the system logger. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.syslog -a -x /usr/sbin/syslogd -a -d /var/log ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.syslog start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Update the X font indexes: |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/bin/fc-cache ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Updating X font indexes: /usr/bin/fc-cache -f &" |
||||
|
/usr/bin/fc-cache -f & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Run rc.udev again. This will start udev if it is not already running |
||||
|
# (for example, upon return from runlevel 1), otherwise it will trigger it |
||||
|
# to look for device changes and to generate persistent rules if needed. |
||||
|
if grep -wq sysfs /proc/mounts && grep -q devtmpfs /proc/filesystems ; then |
||||
|
if ! grep -wq nohotplug /proc/cmdline ; then |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.udev ]; then |
||||
|
/bin/sh /etc/rc.d/rc.udev start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Initialize the networking hardware. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.inet1 ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.inet1 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start D-Bus: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.messagebus ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.messagebus start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start Bluetooth: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.bluetooth ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.bluetooth start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start wicd or networkmanager: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.wicd -a -x /usr/sbin/wicd ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.wicd start |
||||
|
elif [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.networkmanager ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.networkmanager start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start networking daemons: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.inet2 ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.inet2 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Look for additional USB/SCSI/IEEE1394/etc devices on multiple LUNs: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.scanluns ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.scanluns |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Mount any additional filesystem types that haven't already been mounted: |
||||
|
mount -a -v 2> /dev/null | grep -v -e "already mounted" -e "ignored" | cut -f 1 -d : | tr -d ' ' | while read dev ; do mount | grep "${dev} " ; done |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the Control Script for automounter: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.autofs ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.autofs start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the Network Time Protocol daemon: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.ntpd ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.ntpd start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Remove stale locks and junk files (must be done after mount -a!) |
||||
|
/bin/rm -f /var/lock/* /var/spool/uucp/LCK..* /tmp/.X*lock /tmp/core /core 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
/bin/rm -rf /var/spool/cron/cron.?????? 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Remove stale hunt sockets so the game can start. |
||||
|
if [ -r /tmp/hunt -o -r /tmp/hunt.stats ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Removing your stale hunt sockets from /tmp." |
||||
|
/bin/rm -f /tmp/hunt* |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Ensure basic filesystem permissions sanity. |
||||
|
chmod 755 / 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
chmod 1777 /tmp /var/tmp |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start ACPI daemon. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.acpid ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.acpid start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enable CPU frequency scaling: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.cpufreq ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.cpufreq start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Update any existing icon cache files: |
||||
|
if find /usr/share/icons -maxdepth 2 2> /dev/null | grep -q icon-theme.cache ; then |
||||
|
for theme_dir in /usr/share/icons/* ; do |
||||
|
if [ -r ${theme_dir}/icon-theme.cache ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Updating icon-theme.cache in ${theme_dir}..." |
||||
|
/usr/bin/gtk-update-icon-cache -t -f ${theme_dir} 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
# This would be a large file and probably shouldn't be there. |
||||
|
if [ -r /usr/share/icons/icon-theme.cache ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Deleting icon-theme.cache in /usr/share/icons..." |
||||
|
#/usr/bin/gtk-update-icon-cache -t -f /usr/share/icons 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null & |
||||
|
rm -f /usr/share/icons/icon-theme.cache |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Update mime database: |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/bin/update-mime-database -a -d /usr/share/mime ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Updating MIME database: /usr/bin/update-mime-database /usr/share/mime &" |
||||
|
/usr/bin/update-mime-database /usr/share/mime 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start console-kit-daemon: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.consolekit ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.consolekit start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start HAL: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.hald ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.hald start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start system-wide PulseAudio daemon (not recommended, nor required in |
||||
|
# order to use PulseAudio -- see the script for details): |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.pulseaudio ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.pulseaudio start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# These GTK+/pango files need to be kept up to date for |
||||
|
# proper input method, pixbuf loaders, and font support. |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/bin/update-gtk-immodules ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Updating gtk.immodules:" |
||||
|
echo " /usr/bin/update-gtk-immodules &" |
||||
|
/usr/bin/update-gtk-immodules > /dev/null 2>&1 & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/bin/update-gdk-pixbuf-loaders ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Updating gdk-pixbuf.loaders:" |
||||
|
echo " /usr/bin/update-gdk-pixbuf-loaders &" |
||||
|
/usr/bin/update-gdk-pixbuf-loaders > /dev/null 2>&1 & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/bin/update-pango-querymodules ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Updating pango.modules:" |
||||
|
echo " /usr/bin/update-pango-querymodules &" |
||||
|
/usr/bin/update-pango-querymodules > /dev/null 2>&1 & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/bin/glib-compile-schemas ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Compiling GSettings XML schema files:" |
||||
|
echo " /usr/bin/glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas &" |
||||
|
/usr/bin/glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas >/dev/null 2>&1 & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start dnsmasq, a simple DHCP/DNS server: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.dnsmasq ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.dnsmasq start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start snmpd: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.snmpd ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.snmpd start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the print spooling system. This will usually be LPRng (lpd) or CUPS. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.cups ]; then |
||||
|
# Start CUPS: |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.cups start |
||||
|
elif [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.lprng ]; then |
||||
|
# Start LPRng (lpd): |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.lprng start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start netatalk. (a file/print server for Macs using Appletalk) |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.atalk ]; then |
||||
|
/etc/rc.d/rc.atalk start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start smartd, which monitors the status of S.M.A.R.T. compatible |
||||
|
# hard drives and reports any problems. Note some devices (which aren't |
||||
|
# smart, I guess ;) will hang if probed by smartd, so it's commented out |
||||
|
# by default. |
||||
|
#if [ -x /usr/sbin/smartd ]; then |
||||
|
# /usr/sbin/smartd |
||||
|
#fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Monitor the UPS with genpowerd. |
||||
|
# To use this, uncomment this section and edit your settings in |
||||
|
# /etc/genpowerd.conf (serial device, UPS type, etc). For more information, |
||||
|
# see "man genpowerd" or the extensive documentation in the |
||||
|
# /usr/doc/genpower-*/ directory. |
||||
|
# You'll also need to configure a similar block in /etc/rc.d/rc.6 if you want |
||||
|
# support for stopping the UPS's inverter after the machine halts. |
||||
|
#if [ -x /sbin/genpowerd ]; then |
||||
|
# echo "Starting genpowerd daemon..." |
||||
|
# /sbin/genpowerd |
||||
|
#fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Turn on process accounting. To enable process accounting, make sure the |
||||
|
# option for BSD process accounting is enabled in your kernel, and then |
||||
|
# create the file /var/log/pacct (touch /var/log/pacct). By default, process |
||||
|
# accounting is not enabled (since /var/log/pacct does not exist). This is |
||||
|
# because the log file can get VERY large. |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/accton -a -r /var/log/pacct ]; then |
||||
|
chmod 640 /var/log/pacct |
||||
|
/sbin/accton /var/log/pacct |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start crond (Dillon's crond): |
||||
|
# If you want cron to actually log activity to /var/log/cron, then change |
||||
|
# -l notice to -l info to increase the logging level. |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/sbin/crond ]; then |
||||
|
/usr/sbin/crond -l notice |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start atd (manages jobs scheduled with 'at'): |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/sbin/atd ]; then |
||||
|
/usr/sbin/atd -b 15 -l 1 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Slackware-Mini-Quota-HOWTO: |
||||
|
# To really activate quotas, you'll need to add 'usrquota' and/or 'grpquota' to |
||||
|
# the appropriate partitions as listed in /etc/fstab. Here's an example: |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# /dev/hda2 /home ext3 defaults,usrquota 1 1 |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# You'll then need to setup initial quota files at the top of the partitions |
||||
|
# to support quota, like this: |
||||
|
# touch /home/aquota.user /home/aquota.group |
||||
|
# chmod 600 /home/aquota.user /home/aquota.group |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Then, reboot to activate the system. |
||||
|
# To edit user quotas, use 'edquota'. See 'man edquota'. Also, the |
||||
|
# official Quota Mini-HOWTO has lots of useful information. That can be found |
||||
|
# here: /usr/doc/Linux-HOWTOs/Quota |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Check quotas and then turn quota system on: |
||||
|
if grep -q quota /etc/fstab ; then |
||||
|
for quotafs in $(awk '/quota/ {print $2}' /etc/fstab) ; do |
||||
|
/bin/rm -f $quotafs/{a,}quota.{group,user}.new |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/quotacheck ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Checking filesystem quotas: /sbin/quotacheck -avugm" |
||||
|
/sbin/quotacheck -avugm |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/quotaon ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Activating filesystem quotas: /sbin/quotaon -avug" |
||||
|
/sbin/quotaon -avug |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the SASL authentication server. This provides SASL |
||||
|
# authentication services for sendmail: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.saslauthd ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.saslauthd start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the sendmail daemon: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.sendmail ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.sendmail start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Load ALSA (sound) defaults: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.alsa ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.alsa |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Load a custom screen font if the user has an rc.font script. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.font ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.font |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Load a custom keymap if the user has an rc.keymap script. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.keymap ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.keymap |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the MySQL database: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.mysqld ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.mysqld start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start Apache web server: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.httpd ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.httpd start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start OpenLDAP: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.openldap ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.openldap start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start Samba (a file/print server for Win95/NT machines). |
||||
|
# Samba can be started in /etc/inetd.conf instead. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.samba ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.samba start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the GPM mouse server: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.gpm ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.gpm start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If there are SystemV init scripts for this runlevel, run them. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.sysvinit ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.sysvinit |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start the local setup procedure. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.local ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.local |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# All done. |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,448 @@ |
|||||
|
#!/bin/sh |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# /etc/rc.d/rc.S: System initialization script. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Mostly written by: Patrick J. Volkerding, <volkerdi@slackware.com> |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
|
||||
|
PATH=/sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Try to mount /proc: |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -v proc /proc -n -t proc 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Mount sysfs next, if the kernel supports it: |
||||
|
if [ -d /sys ]; then |
||||
|
if grep -wq sysfs /proc/filesystems ; then |
||||
|
if ! grep -wq sysfs /proc/mounts ; then |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -v sysfs /sys -n -t sysfs |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If /run exists, mount a tmpfs on it (unless the |
||||
|
# initrd has already done so): |
||||
|
if [ -d /run ]; then |
||||
|
if ! grep -wq "tmpfs /run tmpfs" /proc/mounts ; then |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -v -n -t tmpfs tmpfs /run -o mode=0755 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Create /run/user for all users. |
||||
|
mkdir -p /run/user |
||||
|
chmod 1733 /run/user |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Load the loop device kernel module: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.loop ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.loop start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Initialize udev to manage /dev entries and hotplugging. |
||||
|
# You may turn off udev by making the /etc/rc.d/rc.udev file non-executable |
||||
|
# or giving the "nohotplug" option at boot, but realize that if you turn off |
||||
|
# udev that you will have to load all the kernel modules that you need |
||||
|
# yourself (possibly in /etc/rc.d/rc.modules.local), and make any additional |
||||
|
# device nodes that you need in the /dev directory. Even USB and IEEE1394 |
||||
|
# devices will need to have the modules loaded by hand if udev is not used. |
||||
|
# So use it. :-) |
||||
|
if grep -wq sysfs /proc/mounts && grep -q devtmpfs /proc/filesystems ; then |
||||
|
if ! grep -wq nohotplug /proc/cmdline ; then |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.udev ]; then |
||||
|
/bin/sh /etc/rc.d/rc.udev start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Mount Control Groups filesystem interface: |
||||
|
if grep -wq cgroup /proc/filesystems ; then |
||||
|
if [ -d /sys/fs/cgroup ]; then |
||||
|
# See linux-*/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt (section 1.6) |
||||
|
# Check if we have some tools to autodetect the available cgroup controllers |
||||
|
if [ -x /bin/cut -a -x /bin/tail ]; then |
||||
|
# Mount a tmpfs as the cgroup filesystem root |
||||
|
mount -t tmpfs -o mode=0755 cgroup_root /sys/fs/cgroup |
||||
|
# Autodetect available controllers and mount them in subfolders |
||||
|
controllers="$(/bin/cut -f 1 /proc/cgroups | /bin/tail -n +2)" |
||||
|
for i in $controllers; do |
||||
|
mkdir /sys/fs/cgroup/$i |
||||
|
mount -t cgroup -o $i $i /sys/fs/cgroup/$i |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
unset i controllers |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
# We can't use autodetection so fall back mounting them all together |
||||
|
mount -t cgroup cgroup /sys/fs/cgroup |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
mkdir -p /dev/cgroup |
||||
|
mount -t cgroup cgroup /dev/cgroup |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Initialize the Logical Volume Manager. |
||||
|
# This won't start unless we find /etc/lvmtab (LVM1) or |
||||
|
# /etc/lvm/backup/ (LVM2). This is created by /sbin/vgscan, so to |
||||
|
# use LVM you must run /sbin/vgscan yourself the first time (and |
||||
|
# create some VGs and LVs). |
||||
|
# Create LVM lock/run directories: |
||||
|
mkdir -p -m 0700 /run/lvm /run/lock /run/lock/lvm |
||||
|
if [ -r /etc/lvmtab -o -d /etc/lvm/backup ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Initializing LVM (Logical Volume Manager):" |
||||
|
# Check for device-mapper support. |
||||
|
if ! grep -wq device-mapper /proc/devices ; then |
||||
|
# Try to load a device-mapper kernel module: |
||||
|
/sbin/modprobe -q dm-mod |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
# Scan for new volume groups: |
||||
|
/sbin/vgscan --mknodes --ignorelockingfailure 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
if [ $? = 0 ]; then |
||||
|
# Make volume groups available to the kernel. |
||||
|
# This should also make logical volumes available. |
||||
|
/sbin/vgchange -ay --ignorelockingfailure |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Open any volumes created by cryptsetup. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Some notes on /etc/crypttab in Slackware: |
||||
|
# Only LUKS formatted volumes are supported (except for swap) |
||||
|
# crypttab follows the following format: |
||||
|
# <luks_name> <device> <password> <options> |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# <luks_name>: This is the name of your LUKS volume. |
||||
|
# For example: crypt-home |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# <device>: This is the device containing your LUKS volume. |
||||
|
# For example: /dev/sda2 |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# <password>: This is either the volume password in plain text, or the name of |
||||
|
# a key file. Use 'none' to interactively enter password on boot. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# <options>: Comma-separated list of options. Note that there must be a |
||||
|
# password field for any options to be picked up (use a password of 'none' to |
||||
|
# get a password prompt at boot). The following options are supported: |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# discard -- this will cause --allow-discards to be passed to the cryptsetup |
||||
|
# program while opening the LUKS volume. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# ro -- this will cause --readonly to be passed to the cryptsetup program while |
||||
|
# opening the LUKS volume. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# swap -- this option cannot be used with other options. The device given will |
||||
|
# be formatted as a new encrypted volume with a random key on boot, and used as |
||||
|
# swap. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
if [ -f /etc/crypttab -a -x /sbin/cryptsetup ]; then |
||||
|
# First, check for device-mapper support. |
||||
|
if ! grep -wq device-mapper /proc/devices ; then |
||||
|
# If device-mapper exists as a module, try to load it. |
||||
|
# Try to load a device-mapper kernel module: |
||||
|
/sbin/modprobe -q dm-mod |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
# NOTE: we only support LUKS formatted volumes (except for swap)! |
||||
|
cat /etc/crypttab | grep -v "^#" | grep -v "^$" | while read line; do |
||||
|
eval LUKSARRAY=( $line ) |
||||
|
LUKS="${LUKSARRAY[0]}" |
||||
|
DEV="${LUKSARRAY[1]}" |
||||
|
PASS="${LUKSARRAY[2]}" |
||||
|
OPTS="${LUKSARRAY[3]}" |
||||
|
LUKSOPTS="" |
||||
|
if echo $OPTS | grep -wq ro ; then LUKSOPTS="${LUKSOPTS} --readonly" ; fi |
||||
|
if echo $OPTS | grep -wq discard ; then LUKSOPTS="${LUKSOPTS} --allow-discards" ; fi |
||||
|
# Skip LUKS volumes that were already unlocked (in the initrd): |
||||
|
/sbin/cryptsetup status $LUKS 2>/dev/null | head -n 1 | grep -q "is active" && continue |
||||
|
if /sbin/cryptsetup isLuks $DEV 2>/dev/null ; then |
||||
|
if [ -z "${LUKSOPTS}" ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Unlocking LUKS encrypted volume '${LUKS}' on device '$DEV':" |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo "Unlocking LUKS encrypted volume '${LUKS}' on device '$DEV' with options '${LUKSOPTS}':" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ -n "${PASS}" -a "${PASS}" != "none" ]; then |
||||
|
if [ -f "${PASS}" ]; then |
||||
|
# A password was given a key-file filename |
||||
|
/sbin/cryptsetup ${LUKSOPTS} --key-file=${PASS} luksOpen $DEV $LUKS |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
# A password was provided in plain text |
||||
|
echo "${PASS}" | /sbin/cryptsetup ${LUKSOPTS} luksOpen $DEV $LUKS |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
# No password was given, or a password of 'none' was given |
||||
|
/sbin/cryptsetup ${LUKSOPTS} luksOpen $DEV $LUKS </dev/tty0 >/dev/tty0 2>&1 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
elif echo $OPTS | grep -wq swap ; then |
||||
|
# If any of the volumes is to be used as encrypted swap, |
||||
|
# then encrypt it using a random key and run mkswap: |
||||
|
echo "Creating encrypted swap volume '${LUKS}' on device '$DEV':" |
||||
|
/sbin/cryptsetup --cipher=aes --key-file=/dev/urandom --key-size=256 create $LUKS $DEV |
||||
|
mkswap /dev/mapper/$LUKS |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enable swapping: |
||||
|
/sbin/swapon -a 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start FUSE, if requested: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.fuse ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.fuse start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the tick and frequency for the system clock. |
||||
|
# Default values are: TICK=10000 and FREQ=0 |
||||
|
TICK=10000 |
||||
|
FREQ=0 |
||||
|
# If there's a /etc/default/adjtimex config file, source it to override |
||||
|
# the default TICK and FREQ: |
||||
|
if [ -r /etc/default/adjtimex ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/default/adjtimex |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if /sbin/adjtimex --tick $TICK --frequency $FREQ; then |
||||
|
echo "Setting the system clock rate: /sbin/adjtimex --tick $TICK --frequency $FREQ" |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo "Failed to set system clock with adjtimex, possibly invalid parameters? (TICK=$TICK FREQ=$FREQ)" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the system time from the hardware clock using hwclock --hctosys. |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/hwclock ]; then |
||||
|
# Check for a broken motherboard RTC clock (where ioports for rtc are |
||||
|
# unknown) to prevent hwclock causing a hang: |
||||
|
if ! grep -q " : rtc" /proc/ioports ; then |
||||
|
CLOCK_OPT="--directisa" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ /etc/adjtime -nt /etc/hardwareclock ]; then |
||||
|
if grep -q "^LOCAL" /etc/adjtime ; then |
||||
|
echo -n "Setting system time from the hardware clock (localtime): " |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo -n "Setting system time from the hardware clock (UTC): " |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
/sbin/hwclock $CLOCK_OPT --hctosys |
||||
|
elif grep -wq "^localtime" /etc/hardwareclock 2> /dev/null ; then |
||||
|
echo -n "Setting system time from the hardware clock (localtime): " |
||||
|
/sbin/hwclock $CLOCK_OPT --localtime --hctosys |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo -n "Setting system time from the hardware clock (UTC): " |
||||
|
/sbin/hwclock $CLOCK_OPT --utc --hctosys |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
date |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Test to see if the root partition is read-only, like it ought to be. |
||||
|
READWRITE=no |
||||
|
if touch /fsrwtestfile 2>/dev/null; then |
||||
|
rm -f /fsrwtestfile |
||||
|
READWRITE=yes |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo "Testing root filesystem status: read-only filesystem" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# See if a forced filesystem check was requested at shutdown: |
||||
|
if [ -r /etc/forcefsck ]; then |
||||
|
FORCEFSCK="-f" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Check the root filesystem: |
||||
|
if [ ! $READWRITE = yes ]; then |
||||
|
RETVAL=0 |
||||
|
if [ ! -r /etc/fastboot ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Checking root filesystem:" |
||||
|
/sbin/fsck $FORCEFSCK -C -a / |
||||
|
RETVAL=$? |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
# An error code of 2 or higher will require a reboot. |
||||
|
if [ $RETVAL -ge 2 ]; then |
||||
|
# An error code equal to or greater than 4 means that some errors |
||||
|
# could not be corrected. This requires manual attention, so we |
||||
|
# offer a chance to try to fix the problem in single-user mode: |
||||
|
if [ $RETVAL -ge 4 ]; then |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
echo "***********************************************************" |
||||
|
echo "*** An error occurred during the root filesystem check. ***" |
||||
|
echo "*** You will now be given a chance to log into the ***" |
||||
|
echo "*** system in single-user mode to fix the problem. ***" |
||||
|
echo "*** ***" |
||||
|
echo "*** If you are using the ext2 filesystem, running ***" |
||||
|
echo "*** 'e2fsck -v -y <partition>' might help. ***" |
||||
|
echo "***********************************************************" |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
echo "Once you exit the single-user shell, the system will reboot." |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
PS1="(Repair filesystem) \#"; export PS1 |
||||
|
sulogin |
||||
|
else # With an error code of 2 or 3, reboot the machine automatically: |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
echo "***********************************" |
||||
|
echo "*** The filesystem was changed. ***" |
||||
|
echo "*** The system will now reboot. ***" |
||||
|
echo "***********************************" |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
echo "Unmounting file systems." |
||||
|
/sbin/umount -a -r |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -n -o remount,ro / |
||||
|
echo "Rebooting system." |
||||
|
sleep 2 |
||||
|
reboot -f |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
# Remount the root filesystem in read-write mode |
||||
|
echo "Remounting root device with read-write enabled." |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -w -v -n -o remount / |
||||
|
if [ $? -gt 0 ] ; then |
||||
|
echo "FATAL: Attempt to remount root device as read-write failed! This is going to" |
||||
|
echo "cause serious problems." |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo "Testing root filesystem status: read-write filesystem" |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
echo "ERROR: Root partition has already been mounted read-write. Cannot check!" |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
echo "For filesystem checking to work properly, your system must initially mount" |
||||
|
echo "the root partition as read only. If you're booting with LILO, add a line:" |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
echo " read-only" |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
echo "to the Linux section in your /etc/lilo.conf and type 'lilo' to reinstall it." |
||||
|
fi # Done checking root filesystem |
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Any /etc/mtab that exists here is old, so we start with a new one: |
||||
|
/bin/rm -f /etc/mtab{,~,.tmp} && /bin/touch /etc/mtab |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Add entry for / to /etc/mtab: |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -f -w / |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Add /proc, /sys, and /dev/shm mounts to /etc/mtab: |
||||
|
if [ -d /proc/sys ]; then |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -f -t proc proc /proc |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ -d /sys/bus ]; then |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -f -t sysfs sysfs /sys |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if grep -q '^[^ ]\+ /dev/shm ' /proc/mounts 2> /dev/null ; then |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -f -t tmpfs tmpfs /dev/shm |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Configure ISA Plug-and-Play devices: |
||||
|
if [ -r /etc/isapnp.conf ]; then |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/isapnp ]; then |
||||
|
/sbin/isapnp /etc/isapnp.conf |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Run the kernel module script. This updates the module dependencies and |
||||
|
# also supports manually loading kernel modules through rc.modules.local. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.modules ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.modules |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Configure kernel parameters: |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/sysctl -a -r /etc/sysctl.conf ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Configuring kernel parameters: /sbin/sysctl -e --system" |
||||
|
/sbin/sysctl -e --system |
||||
|
elif [ -x /sbin/sysctl ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Configuring kernel parameters: /sbin/sysctl -e --system" |
||||
|
# Don't say "Applying /etc/sysctl.conf" or complain if the file doesn't exist |
||||
|
/sbin/sysctl -e --system 2> /dev/null | grep -v "Applying /etc/sysctl.conf" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Check all the non-root filesystems: |
||||
|
if [ ! -r /etc/fastboot ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Checking non-root filesystems:" |
||||
|
/sbin/fsck $FORCEFSCK -C -R -A -a |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Mount usbfs only if it is found in /etc/fstab: |
||||
|
if grep -wq usbfs /proc/filesystems; then |
||||
|
if ! grep -wq usbfs /proc/mounts ; then |
||||
|
if grep -wq usbfs /etc/fstab; then |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -v /proc/bus/usb |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Mount non-root file systems in fstab, but not NFS or SMB |
||||
|
# because TCP/IP is not yet configured, and not proc or sysfs |
||||
|
# because those have already been mounted. Also check that |
||||
|
# devpts is not already mounted before attempting to mount |
||||
|
# it. With a 2.6.x or newer kernel udev mounts devpts. |
||||
|
# We also need to wait a little bit to let USB and other |
||||
|
# hotplugged devices settle (sorry to slow down the boot): |
||||
|
echo "Mounting non-root local filesystems:" |
||||
|
if /bin/grep -wq devpts /proc/mounts ; then |
||||
|
# This pipe after the mount command is just to convert the new |
||||
|
# mount verbose output back to the old format that contained |
||||
|
# more useful information: |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -a -v -t nonfs,nosmbfs,nocifs,noproc,nosysfs,nodevpts | grep successfully | cut -f 1 -d : | tr -d ' ' | while read dev ; do mount | grep "${dev} " ; done |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -a -v -t nonfs,nosmbfs,nocifs,noproc,nosysfs | grep successfully | cut -f 1 -d : | tr -d ' ' | while read dev ; do mount | grep "${dev} " ; done |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enable swapping again. This is needed in case a swapfile is used, |
||||
|
# as it can't be enabled until the filesystem it resides on has been |
||||
|
# mounted read-write. |
||||
|
/sbin/swapon -a 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start cgmanager (or cgproxy in a container): |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.cgmanager -a -d /sys/fs/cgroup ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.cgmanager start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Clean up some temporary files: |
||||
|
rm -f /var/run/* /var/run/*/* /var/run/*/*/* /etc/nologin \ |
||||
|
/etc/dhcpc/*.pid /etc/forcefsck /etc/fastboot \ |
||||
|
/var/state/saslauthd/saslauthd.pid \ |
||||
|
/tmp/.Xauth* 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
( cd /var/log/setup/tmp && rm -rf * ) |
||||
|
( cd /tmp && rm -rf kde-[a-zA-Z]* ksocket-[a-zA-Z]* hsperfdata_[a-zA-Z]* plugtmp* ) |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Clear /var/lock/subsys: |
||||
|
if [ -d /var/lock/subsys ]; then |
||||
|
rm -f /var/lock/subsys/* |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Create /tmp/{.ICE-unix,.X11-unix} if they are not present: |
||||
|
if [ ! -e /tmp/.ICE-unix ]; then |
||||
|
mkdir -p /tmp/.ICE-unix |
||||
|
chmod 1777 /tmp/.ICE-unix |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ ! -e /tmp/.X11-unix ]; then |
||||
|
mkdir -p /tmp/.X11-unix |
||||
|
chmod 1777 /tmp/.X11-unix |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Create a fresh utmp file: |
||||
|
touch /var/run/utmp |
||||
|
chown root:utmp /var/run/utmp |
||||
|
chmod 664 /var/run/utmp |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Update the current kernel level in the /etc/motd (Message Of The Day) file, |
||||
|
# if the first line of that file begins with the word 'Linux'. |
||||
|
# You are free to modify the rest of the file as you see fit. |
||||
|
if [ -x /bin/sed ]; then |
||||
|
/bin/sed -i "{1s/^Linux.*/$(/bin/uname -sr)\./}" /etc/motd |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If there are SystemV init scripts for this runlevel, run them. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.sysvinit ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.sysvinit |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Run serial port setup script: |
||||
|
# CAREFUL! This can make some systems hang if the rc.serial script isn't |
||||
|
# set up correctly. If this happens, you may have to edit the file from a |
||||
|
# boot disk, and/or set it as non-executable: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.serial ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.serial start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Carry an entropy pool between reboots to improve randomness. |
||||
|
if [ -f /etc/random-seed ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Using /etc/random-seed to initialize /dev/urandom." |
||||
|
cat /etc/random-seed > /dev/urandom |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
# Use the pool size from /proc, or 4096 bits: |
||||
|
if [ -r /proc/sys/kernel/random/poolsize ]; then |
||||
|
dd if=/dev/urandom of=/etc/random-seed count=1 bs=$(expr $(cat /proc/sys/kernel/random/poolsize) / 8) 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
dd if=/dev/urandom of=/etc/random-seed count=1 bs=512 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
chmod 600 /etc/random-seed |
||||
|
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,445 @@ |
|||||
|
#!/bin/sh |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# /etc/rc.d/rc.S: System initialization script. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Mostly written by: Patrick J. Volkerding, <volkerdi@slackware.com> |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
|
||||
|
PATH=/sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Try to mount /proc: |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -v proc /proc -n -t proc 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Mount sysfs next, if the kernel supports it: |
||||
|
if [ -d /sys ]; then |
||||
|
if grep -wq sysfs /proc/filesystems ; then |
||||
|
if ! grep -wq sysfs /proc/mounts ; then |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -v sysfs /sys -n -t sysfs |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If /run exists, mount a tmpfs on it (unless the |
||||
|
# initrd has already done so): |
||||
|
if [ -d /run ]; then |
||||
|
if ! grep -wq "tmpfs /run tmpfs" /proc/mounts ; then |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -v -n -t tmpfs tmpfs /run -o mode=0755 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Load the loop device kernel module: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.loop ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.loop start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Initialize udev to manage /dev entries and hotplugging. |
||||
|
# You may turn off udev by making the /etc/rc.d/rc.udev file non-executable |
||||
|
# or giving the "nohotplug" option at boot, but realize that if you turn off |
||||
|
# udev that you will have to load all the kernel modules that you need |
||||
|
# yourself (possibly in /etc/rc.d/rc.modules.local), and make any additional |
||||
|
# device nodes that you need in the /dev directory. Even USB and IEEE1394 |
||||
|
# devices will need to have the modules loaded by hand if udev is not used. |
||||
|
# So use it. :-) |
||||
|
if grep -wq sysfs /proc/mounts && grep -q devtmpfs /proc/filesystems ; then |
||||
|
if ! grep -wq nohotplug /proc/cmdline ; then |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.udev ]; then |
||||
|
/bin/sh /etc/rc.d/rc.udev start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Mount Control Groups filesystem interface: |
||||
|
if grep -wq cgroup /proc/filesystems ; then |
||||
|
if [ -d /sys/fs/cgroup ]; then |
||||
|
# See linux-*/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt (section 1.6) |
||||
|
# Check if we have some tools to autodetect the available cgroup controllers |
||||
|
if [ -x /bin/cut -a -x /bin/tail ]; then |
||||
|
# Mount a tmpfs as the cgroup filesystem root |
||||
|
mount -t tmpfs -o mode=0755 cgroup_root /sys/fs/cgroup |
||||
|
# Autodetect available controllers and mount them in subfolders |
||||
|
controllers="$(/bin/cut -f 1 /proc/cgroups | /bin/tail -n +2)" |
||||
|
for i in $controllers; do |
||||
|
mkdir /sys/fs/cgroup/$i |
||||
|
mount -t cgroup -o $i $i /sys/fs/cgroup/$i |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
unset i controllers |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
# We can't use autodetection so fall back mounting them all together |
||||
|
mount -t cgroup cgroup /sys/fs/cgroup |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
mkdir -p /dev/cgroup |
||||
|
mount -t cgroup cgroup /dev/cgroup |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Initialize the Logical Volume Manager. |
||||
|
# This won't start unless we find /etc/lvmtab (LVM1) or |
||||
|
# /etc/lvm/backup/ (LVM2). This is created by /sbin/vgscan, so to |
||||
|
# use LVM you must run /sbin/vgscan yourself the first time (and |
||||
|
# create some VGs and LVs). |
||||
|
# Create LVM lock/run directories: |
||||
|
mkdir -p -m 0700 /run/lvm /run/lock /run/lock/lvm |
||||
|
if [ -r /etc/lvmtab -o -d /etc/lvm/backup ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Initializing LVM (Logical Volume Manager):" |
||||
|
# Check for device-mapper support. |
||||
|
if ! grep -wq device-mapper /proc/devices ; then |
||||
|
# Try to load a device-mapper kernel module: |
||||
|
/sbin/modprobe -q dm-mod |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
# Scan for new volume groups: |
||||
|
/sbin/vgscan --mknodes --ignorelockingfailure 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
if [ $? = 0 ]; then |
||||
|
# Make volume groups available to the kernel. |
||||
|
# This should also make logical volumes available. |
||||
|
/sbin/vgchange -ay --ignorelockingfailure |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Open any volumes created by cryptsetup. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Some notes on /etc/crypttab in Slackware: |
||||
|
# Only LUKS formatted volumes are supported (except for swap) |
||||
|
# crypttab follows the following format: |
||||
|
# <luks_name> <device> <password> <options> |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# <luks_name>: This is the name of your LUKS volume. |
||||
|
# For example: crypt-home |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# <device>: This is the device containing your LUKS volume. |
||||
|
# For example: /dev/sda2 |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# <password>: This is either the volume password in plain text, or the name of |
||||
|
# a key file. Use 'none' to interactively enter password on boot. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# <options>: Comma-separated list of options. Note that there must be a |
||||
|
# password field for any options to be picked up (use a password of 'none' to |
||||
|
# get a password prompt at boot). The following options are supported: |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# discard -- this will cause --allow-discards to be passed to the cryptsetup |
||||
|
# program while opening the LUKS volume. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# ro -- this will cause --readonly to be passed to the cryptsetup program while |
||||
|
# opening the LUKS volume. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# swap -- this option cannot be used with other options. The device given will |
||||
|
# be formatted as a new encrypted volume with a random key on boot, and used as |
||||
|
# swap. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
if [ -f /etc/crypttab -a -x /sbin/cryptsetup ]; then |
||||
|
# First, check for device-mapper support. |
||||
|
if ! grep -wq device-mapper /proc/devices ; then |
||||
|
# If device-mapper exists as a module, try to load it. |
||||
|
# Try to load a device-mapper kernel module: |
||||
|
/sbin/modprobe -q dm-mod |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
# NOTE: we only support LUKS formatted volumes (except for swap)! |
||||
|
cat /etc/crypttab | grep -v "^#" | grep -v "^$" | while read line; do |
||||
|
eval LUKSARRAY=( $line ) |
||||
|
LUKS="${LUKSARRAY[0]}" |
||||
|
DEV="${LUKSARRAY[1]}" |
||||
|
PASS="${LUKSARRAY[2]}" |
||||
|
OPTS="${LUKSARRAY[3]}" |
||||
|
LUKSOPTS="" |
||||
|
if echo $OPTS | grep -wq ro ; then LUKSOPTS="${LUKSOPTS} --readonly" ; fi |
||||
|
if echo $OPTS | grep -wq discard ; then LUKSOPTS="${LUKSOPTS} --allow-discards" ; fi |
||||
|
# Skip LUKS volumes that were already unlocked (in the initrd): |
||||
|
/sbin/cryptsetup status $LUKS 2>/dev/null | head -n 1 | grep -q "is active" && continue |
||||
|
if /sbin/cryptsetup isLuks $DEV 2>/dev/null ; then |
||||
|
if [ -z "${LUKSOPTS}" ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Unlocking LUKS encrypted volume '${LUKS}' on device '$DEV':" |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo "Unlocking LUKS encrypted volume '${LUKS}' on device '$DEV' with options '${LUKSOPTS}':" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ -n "${PASS}" -a "${PASS}" != "none" ]; then |
||||
|
if [ -f "${PASS}" ]; then |
||||
|
# A password was given a key-file filename |
||||
|
/sbin/cryptsetup ${LUKSOPTS} --key-file=${PASS} luksOpen $DEV $LUKS |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
# A password was provided in plain text |
||||
|
echo "${PASS}" | /sbin/cryptsetup ${LUKSOPTS} luksOpen $DEV $LUKS |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
# No password was given, or a password of 'none' was given |
||||
|
/sbin/cryptsetup ${LUKSOPTS} luksOpen $DEV $LUKS </dev/tty0 >/dev/tty0 2>&1 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
elif echo $OPTS | grep -wq swap ; then |
||||
|
# If any of the volumes is to be used as encrypted swap, |
||||
|
# then encrypt it using a random key and run mkswap: |
||||
|
echo "Creating encrypted swap volume '${LUKS}' on device '$DEV':" |
||||
|
/sbin/cryptsetup --cipher=aes --key-file=/dev/urandom --key-size=256 create $LUKS $DEV |
||||
|
mkswap /dev/mapper/$LUKS |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enable swapping: |
||||
|
/sbin/swapon -a 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start FUSE, if requested: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.fuse ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.fuse start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the tick and frequency for the system clock. |
||||
|
# Default values are: TICK=10000 and FREQ=0 |
||||
|
TICK=10000 |
||||
|
FREQ=0 |
||||
|
# If there's a /etc/default/adjtimex config file, source it to override |
||||
|
# the default TICK and FREQ: |
||||
|
if [ -r /etc/default/adjtimex ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/default/adjtimex |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if /sbin/adjtimex --tick $TICK --frequency $FREQ; then |
||||
|
echo "Setting the system clock rate: /sbin/adjtimex --tick $TICK --frequency $FREQ" |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo "Failed to set system clock with adjtimex, possibly invalid parameters? (TICK=$TICK FREQ=$FREQ)" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Set the system time from the hardware clock using hwclock --hctosys. |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/hwclock ]; then |
||||
|
# Check for a broken motherboard RTC clock (where ioports for rtc are |
||||
|
# unknown) to prevent hwclock causing a hang: |
||||
|
if ! grep -q " : rtc" /proc/ioports ; then |
||||
|
CLOCK_OPT="--directisa" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ /etc/adjtime -nt /etc/hardwareclock ]; then |
||||
|
if grep -q "^LOCAL" /etc/adjtime ; then |
||||
|
echo -n "Setting system time from the hardware clock (localtime): " |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo -n "Setting system time from the hardware clock (UTC): " |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
/sbin/hwclock $CLOCK_OPT --hctosys |
||||
|
elif grep -wq "^localtime" /etc/hardwareclock 2> /dev/null ; then |
||||
|
echo -n "Setting system time from the hardware clock (localtime): " |
||||
|
/sbin/hwclock $CLOCK_OPT --localtime --hctosys |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo -n "Setting system time from the hardware clock (UTC): " |
||||
|
/sbin/hwclock $CLOCK_OPT --utc --hctosys |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
date |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Test to see if the root partition is read-only, like it ought to be. |
||||
|
READWRITE=no |
||||
|
if touch /fsrwtestfile 2>/dev/null; then |
||||
|
rm -f /fsrwtestfile |
||||
|
READWRITE=yes |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo "Testing root filesystem status: read-only filesystem" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# See if a forced filesystem check was requested at shutdown: |
||||
|
if [ -r /etc/forcefsck ]; then |
||||
|
FORCEFSCK="-f" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Check the root filesystem: |
||||
|
if [ ! $READWRITE = yes ]; then |
||||
|
RETVAL=0 |
||||
|
if [ ! -r /etc/fastboot ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Checking root filesystem:" |
||||
|
/sbin/fsck $FORCEFSCK -C -a / |
||||
|
RETVAL=$? |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
# An error code of 2 or higher will require a reboot. |
||||
|
if [ $RETVAL -ge 2 ]; then |
||||
|
# An error code equal to or greater than 4 means that some errors |
||||
|
# could not be corrected. This requires manual attention, so we |
||||
|
# offer a chance to try to fix the problem in single-user mode: |
||||
|
if [ $RETVAL -ge 4 ]; then |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
echo "***********************************************************" |
||||
|
echo "*** An error occurred during the root filesystem check. ***" |
||||
|
echo "*** You will now be given a chance to log into the ***" |
||||
|
echo "*** system in single-user mode to fix the problem. ***" |
||||
|
echo "*** ***" |
||||
|
echo "*** If you are using the ext2 filesystem, running ***" |
||||
|
echo "*** 'e2fsck -v -y <partition>' might help. ***" |
||||
|
echo "***********************************************************" |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
echo "Once you exit the single-user shell, the system will reboot." |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
PS1="(Repair filesystem) \#"; export PS1 |
||||
|
sulogin |
||||
|
else # With an error code of 2 or 3, reboot the machine automatically: |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
echo "***********************************" |
||||
|
echo "*** The filesystem was changed. ***" |
||||
|
echo "*** The system will now reboot. ***" |
||||
|
echo "***********************************" |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
echo "Unmounting file systems." |
||||
|
/sbin/umount -a -r |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -n -o remount,ro / |
||||
|
echo "Rebooting system." |
||||
|
sleep 2 |
||||
|
reboot -f |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
# Remount the root filesystem in read-write mode |
||||
|
echo "Remounting root device with read-write enabled." |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -w -v -n -o remount / |
||||
|
if [ $? -gt 0 ] ; then |
||||
|
echo "FATAL: Attempt to remount root device as read-write failed! This is going to" |
||||
|
echo "cause serious problems." |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo "Testing root filesystem status: read-write filesystem" |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
echo "ERROR: Root partition has already been mounted read-write. Cannot check!" |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
echo "For filesystem checking to work properly, your system must initially mount" |
||||
|
echo "the root partition as read only. If you're booting with LILO, add a line:" |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
echo " read-only" |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
echo "to the Linux section in your /etc/lilo.conf and type 'lilo' to reinstall it." |
||||
|
fi # Done checking root filesystem |
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Any /etc/mtab that exists here is old, so we start with a new one: |
||||
|
/bin/rm -f /etc/mtab{,~,.tmp} && /bin/touch /etc/mtab |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Add entry for / to /etc/mtab: |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -f -w / |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Add /proc, /sys, and /dev/shm mounts to /etc/mtab: |
||||
|
if [ -d /proc/sys ]; then |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -f -t proc proc /proc |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ -d /sys/bus ]; then |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -f -t sysfs sysfs /sys |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if grep -q '^[^ ]\+ /dev/shm ' /proc/mounts 2> /dev/null ; then |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -f -t tmpfs tmpfs /dev/shm |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Configure ISA Plug-and-Play devices: |
||||
|
if [ -r /etc/isapnp.conf ]; then |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/isapnp ]; then |
||||
|
/sbin/isapnp /etc/isapnp.conf |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Run the kernel module script. This updates the module dependencies and |
||||
|
# also supports manually loading kernel modules through rc.modules.local. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.modules ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.modules |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Configure kernel parameters: |
||||
|
if [ -x /sbin/sysctl -a -r /etc/sysctl.conf ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Configuring kernel parameters: /sbin/sysctl -e --system" |
||||
|
/sbin/sysctl -e --system |
||||
|
elif [ -x /sbin/sysctl ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Configuring kernel parameters: /sbin/sysctl -e --system" |
||||
|
# Don't say "Applying /etc/sysctl.conf" or complain if the file doesn't exist |
||||
|
/sbin/sysctl -e --system 2> /dev/null | grep -v "Applying /etc/sysctl.conf" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Check all the non-root filesystems: |
||||
|
if [ ! -r /etc/fastboot ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Checking non-root filesystems:" |
||||
|
/sbin/fsck $FORCEFSCK -C -R -A -a |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Mount usbfs only if it is found in /etc/fstab: |
||||
|
if grep -wq usbfs /proc/filesystems; then |
||||
|
if ! grep -wq usbfs /proc/mounts ; then |
||||
|
if grep -wq usbfs /etc/fstab; then |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -v /proc/bus/usb |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Mount non-root file systems in fstab, but not NFS or SMB |
||||
|
# because TCP/IP is not yet configured, and not proc or sysfs |
||||
|
# because those have already been mounted. Also check that |
||||
|
# devpts is not already mounted before attempting to mount |
||||
|
# it. With a 2.6.x or newer kernel udev mounts devpts. |
||||
|
# We also need to wait a little bit to let USB and other |
||||
|
# hotplugged devices settle (sorry to slow down the boot): |
||||
|
echo "Mounting non-root local filesystems:" |
||||
|
sleep 3 |
||||
|
if /bin/grep -wq devpts /proc/mounts ; then |
||||
|
# This pipe after the mount command is just to convert the new |
||||
|
# mount verbose output back to the old format that contained |
||||
|
# more useful information: |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -a -v -t nonfs,nosmbfs,nocifs,noproc,nosysfs,nodevpts | grep successfully | cut -f 1 -d : | tr -d ' ' | while read dev ; do mount | grep "${dev} " ; done |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
/sbin/mount -a -v -t nonfs,nosmbfs,nocifs,noproc,nosysfs | grep successfully | cut -f 1 -d : | tr -d ' ' | while read dev ; do mount | grep "${dev} " ; done |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enable swapping again. This is needed in case a swapfile is used, |
||||
|
# as it can't be enabled until the filesystem it resides on has been |
||||
|
# mounted read-write. |
||||
|
/sbin/swapon -a 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start cgmanager (or cgproxy in a container): |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.cgmanager -a -d /sys/fs/cgroup ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.cgmanager start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Clean up some temporary files: |
||||
|
rm -f /var/run/* /var/run/*/* /var/run/*/*/* /etc/nologin \ |
||||
|
/etc/dhcpc/*.pid /etc/forcefsck /etc/fastboot \ |
||||
|
/var/state/saslauthd/saslauthd.pid \ |
||||
|
/tmp/.Xauth* 1> /dev/null 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
( cd /var/log/setup/tmp && rm -rf * ) |
||||
|
( cd /tmp && rm -rf kde-[a-zA-Z]* ksocket-[a-zA-Z]* hsperfdata_[a-zA-Z]* plugtmp* ) |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Clear /var/lock/subsys: |
||||
|
if [ -d /var/lock/subsys ]; then |
||||
|
rm -f /var/lock/subsys/* |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Create /tmp/{.ICE-unix,.X11-unix} if they are not present: |
||||
|
if [ ! -e /tmp/.ICE-unix ]; then |
||||
|
mkdir -p /tmp/.ICE-unix |
||||
|
chmod 1777 /tmp/.ICE-unix |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if [ ! -e /tmp/.X11-unix ]; then |
||||
|
mkdir -p /tmp/.X11-unix |
||||
|
chmod 1777 /tmp/.X11-unix |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Create a fresh utmp file: |
||||
|
touch /var/run/utmp |
||||
|
chown root:utmp /var/run/utmp |
||||
|
chmod 664 /var/run/utmp |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Update the current kernel level in the /etc/motd (Message Of The Day) file, |
||||
|
# if the first line of that file begins with the word 'Linux'. |
||||
|
# You are free to modify the rest of the file as you see fit. |
||||
|
if [ -x /bin/sed ]; then |
||||
|
/bin/sed -i "{1s/^Linux.*/$(/bin/uname -sr)\./}" /etc/motd |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If there are SystemV init scripts for this runlevel, run them. |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.sysvinit ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/rc.d/rc.sysvinit |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Run serial port setup script: |
||||
|
# CAREFUL! This can make some systems hang if the rc.serial script isn't |
||||
|
# set up correctly. If this happens, you may have to edit the file from a |
||||
|
# boot disk, and/or set it as non-executable: |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.serial ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.serial start |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Carry an entropy pool between reboots to improve randomness. |
||||
|
if [ -f /etc/random-seed ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Using /etc/random-seed to initialize /dev/urandom." |
||||
|
cat /etc/random-seed > /dev/urandom |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
# Use the pool size from /proc, or 4096 bits: |
||||
|
if [ -r /proc/sys/kernel/random/poolsize ]; then |
||||
|
dd if=/dev/urandom of=/etc/random-seed count=1 bs=$(expr $(cat /proc/sys/kernel/random/poolsize) / 8) 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
dd if=/dev/urandom of=/etc/random-seed count=1 bs=512 2> /dev/null |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
chmod 600 /etc/random-seed |
||||
|
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ |
|||||
|
#!/bin/sh |
||||
|
# Load the mixer settings and OSS compatibility (if enabled) for ALSA. |
||||
|
# (the Advanced Linux Sound Architecture) |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# A function to load the ALSA mixer settings: |
||||
|
load_alsa_mixer() { |
||||
|
if [ -r /var/lib/alsa/asound.state ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Loading ALSA mixer settings: /usr/sbin/alsactl restore" |
||||
|
/usr/sbin/alsactl restore |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
# It's possible a user might not want to set a default sound state. |
||||
|
# In that case, do this: touch /var/lib/alsa/no.asound.state |
||||
|
if [ ! -r /var/lib/alsa/no.asound.state ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Setting default ALSA mixer settings." |
||||
|
# set default mixer volumes for ALSA |
||||
|
# Taken from the alsaconf script. |
||||
|
amixer -s -q <<EOF |
||||
|
set Master 75% unmute |
||||
|
set Master -12dB |
||||
|
set 'Master Mono' 75% unmute |
||||
|
set 'Master Mono' -12dB |
||||
|
set Front 75% unmute |
||||
|
set Front -12dB |
||||
|
set PCM 90% unmute |
||||
|
set PCM 0dB |
||||
|
mixer Synth 90% unmute |
||||
|
mixer Synth 0dB |
||||
|
mixer CD 90% unmute |
||||
|
mixer CD 0dB |
||||
|
# mute mic |
||||
|
set Mic 0% mute |
||||
|
# ESS 1969 chipset has 2 PCM channels |
||||
|
set PCM,1 90% unmute |
||||
|
set PCM,1 0dB |
||||
|
# Trident/YMFPCI/emu10k1 |
||||
|
set Wave 100% unmute |
||||
|
set Music 100% unmute |
||||
|
set AC97 100% unmute |
||||
|
# CS4237B chipset: |
||||
|
set 'Master Digital' 75% unmute |
||||
|
# Envy24 chips with analog outs |
||||
|
set DAC 90% unmute |
||||
|
set DAC -12dB |
||||
|
set DAC,0 90% unmute |
||||
|
set DAC,0 -12dB |
||||
|
set DAC,1 90% unmute |
||||
|
set DAC,1 -12dB |
||||
|
# some notebooks use headphone instead of master |
||||
|
set Headphone 75% unmute |
||||
|
set Headphone -12dB |
||||
|
set Playback 100% unmute |
||||
|
# turn off digital switches |
||||
|
set "SB Live Analog/Digital Output Jack" off |
||||
|
set "Audigy Analog/Digital Output Jack" off |
||||
|
EOF |
||||
|
echo "Storing default ALSA mixer settings: /usr/sbin/alsactl store" |
||||
|
/usr/sbin/alsactl store |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If udev or something else has loaded the ALSA modules, then |
||||
|
# simply load the mixer settings and make sure the OSS compat |
||||
|
# modules are loaded (if enabled): |
||||
|
if [ -d /proc/asound ]; then |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.alsa-oss ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.alsa-oss |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
load_alsa_mixer |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
# If there are ALSA modules defined in /etc/modprobe.d/*, but |
||||
|
# ALSA is not yet loaded, then load the modules now: |
||||
|
DRIVERS=$(modprobe -c | grep -E "^[[:space:]]*alias[[:space:]]+snd-card-[[:digit:]]" | tr -s "[[:blank:]]" " " | cut -d " " -f 3) |
||||
|
if [ ! "$DRIVERS" = "" ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Loading ALSA kernel modules." |
||||
|
for module in $DRIVERS; do |
||||
|
modprobe $module |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
# If ALSA is now up, then load the mixer settings and OSS modules (if enabled): |
||||
|
if [ -d /proc/asound ]; then |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.alsa-oss ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.alsa-oss |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
load_alsa_mixer |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ |
|||||
|
#!/bin/sh |
||||
|
# Load the mixer settings and OSS compatibility (if enabled) for ALSA. |
||||
|
# (the Advanced Linux Sound Architecture) |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# A function to load the ALSA mixer settings: |
||||
|
load_alsa_mixer() { |
||||
|
if [ -r /var/lib/alsa/asound.state ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Loading ALSA mixer settings: /usr/sbin/alsactl restore" |
||||
|
/usr/sbin/alsactl restore |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
# It's possible a user might not want to set a default sound state. |
||||
|
# In that case, do this: touch /var/lib/alsa/no.asound.state |
||||
|
if [ ! -r /var/lib/alsa/no.asound.state ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Setting default ALSA mixer settings." |
||||
|
# set default mixer volumes for ALSA |
||||
|
# Taken from the alsaconf script. |
||||
|
amixer -s -q <<EOF |
||||
|
set Master 75% unmute |
||||
|
set Master -12dB |
||||
|
set 'Master Mono' 75% unmute |
||||
|
set 'Master Mono' -12dB |
||||
|
set Front 75% unmute |
||||
|
set Front -12dB |
||||
|
set PCM 90% unmute |
||||
|
set PCM 0dB |
||||
|
mixer Synth 90% unmute |
||||
|
mixer Synth 0dB |
||||
|
mixer CD 90% unmute |
||||
|
mixer CD 0dB |
||||
|
# mute mic |
||||
|
set Mic 0% mute |
||||
|
# ESS 1969 chipset has 2 PCM channels |
||||
|
set PCM,1 90% unmute |
||||
|
set PCM,1 0dB |
||||
|
# Trident/YMFPCI/emu10k1 |
||||
|
set Wave 100% unmute |
||||
|
set Music 100% unmute |
||||
|
set AC97 100% unmute |
||||
|
# CS4237B chipset: |
||||
|
set 'Master Digital' 75% unmute |
||||
|
# Envy24 chips with analog outs |
||||
|
set DAC 90% unmute |
||||
|
set DAC -12dB |
||||
|
set DAC,0 90% unmute |
||||
|
set DAC,0 -12dB |
||||
|
set DAC,1 90% unmute |
||||
|
set DAC,1 -12dB |
||||
|
# some notebooks use headphone instead of master |
||||
|
set Headphone 75% unmute |
||||
|
set Headphone -12dB |
||||
|
set Playback 100% unmute |
||||
|
# turn off digital switches |
||||
|
set "SB Live Analog/Digital Output Jack" off |
||||
|
set "Audigy Analog/Digital Output Jack" off |
||||
|
EOF |
||||
|
echo "Storing default ALSA mixer settings: /usr/sbin/alsactl store" |
||||
|
/usr/sbin/alsactl store |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If udev or something else has loaded the ALSA modules, then |
||||
|
# simply load the mixer settings and make sure the OSS compat |
||||
|
# modules are loaded (if enabled): |
||||
|
if [ -d /proc/asound ]; then |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.alsa-oss ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.alsa-oss |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
load_alsa_mixer |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
# If there are ALSA modules defined in /etc/modprobe.d/*, but |
||||
|
# ALSA is not yet loaded, then load the modules now: |
||||
|
DRIVERS=$(modprobe -c | grep -E "^[[:space:]]*alias[[:space:]]+snd-card-[[:digit:]]" | tr -s "[[:blank:]]" " " | cut -d " " -f 3) |
||||
|
if [ ! "$DRIVERS" = "" ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Loading ALSA kernel modules." |
||||
|
for module in $DRIVERS; do |
||||
|
modprobe $module |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
# If ALSA is now up, then load the mixer settings and OSS modules (if enabled): |
||||
|
if [ -d /proc/asound ]; then |
||||
|
if [ -x /etc/rc.d/rc.alsa-oss ]; then |
||||
|
sh /etc/rc.d/rc.alsa-oss |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
load_alsa_mixer |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ |
|||||
|
#!/bin/sh |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# /etc/rc.d/rc.dhcpcd |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Start/stop the DHCP daemon. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# This script doesn't do anything other than starting dhcpcd for the specified interfaces (or all of them). For more functionality see rc.inet1. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
IFACES="" |
||||
|
if [ -f /etc/default/dhcpcd ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/default/dhcpcd |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
case "$1" in |
||||
|
'start') |
||||
|
shift |
||||
|
echo "Starting dhcpcd..." |
||||
|
dhcpcd -b ${@:-$IFACES} |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
'stop') |
||||
|
shift |
||||
|
echo "Stopping dhcpcd..." |
||||
|
dhcpcd -k ${@:-$IFACES} |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
*) |
||||
|
echo "Usage: $0 start|stop [interfaces]" |
||||
|
esac |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ |
|||||
|
#!/bin/sh |
||||
|
# Start/stop/restart dnsmasq (a small DNS/DHCP server): |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start dnsmasq: |
||||
|
dnsmasq_start() { |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/sbin/dnsmasq ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Starting dnsmasq: /usr/sbin/dnsmasq" |
||||
|
/usr/sbin/dnsmasq |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Stop dnsmasq: |
||||
|
dnsmasq_stop() { |
||||
|
killall dnsmasq |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Restart dnsmasq: |
||||
|
dnsmasq_restart() { |
||||
|
dnsmasq_stop |
||||
|
sleep 1 |
||||
|
dnsmasq_start |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
|
||||
|
case "$1" in |
||||
|
'start') |
||||
|
dnsmasq_start |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
'stop') |
||||
|
dnsmasq_stop |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
'restart') |
||||
|
dnsmasq_restart |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
*) |
||||
|
echo "usage rc.dnsmasq: start|stop|restart" |
||||
|
esac |
||||
|
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ |
|||||
|
#!/bin/sh |
||||
|
# Start/stop/restart dnsmasq (a small DNS/DHCP server): |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Start dnsmasq: |
||||
|
dnsmasq_start() { |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/sbin/dnsmasq ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Starting dnsmasq: /usr/sbin/dnsmasq" |
||||
|
/usr/sbin/dnsmasq |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Stop dnsmasq: |
||||
|
dnsmasq_stop() { |
||||
|
killall dnsmasq |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Restart dnsmasq: |
||||
|
dnsmasq_restart() { |
||||
|
dnsmasq_stop |
||||
|
sleep 1 |
||||
|
dnsmasq_start |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
|
||||
|
case "$1" in |
||||
|
'start') |
||||
|
dnsmasq_start |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
'stop') |
||||
|
dnsmasq_stop |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
'restart') |
||||
|
dnsmasq_restart |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
*) |
||||
|
echo "usage rc.dnsmasq: start|stop|restart" |
||||
|
esac |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ |
|||||
|
#!/bin/sh |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# /etc/rc.d/rc.psd |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Start/stop profile-sync-daemon. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# This script enables and disables profile-sync-daemon for selected users. |
||||
|
# You can either define users in the $USERS array, |
||||
|
# or have this script scan for them and save them in $USERS_CACHE. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
USERS="" |
||||
|
USERS_CACHE="/run/psd-users.cache" |
||||
|
if [ -f /etc/default/psd ]; then |
||||
|
. /etc/default/psd |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
scan_users() { |
||||
|
rm -f "$USERS_CACHE" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
for user in $(getent passwd | cut -d: -f1); do |
||||
|
group="$(getent passwd $user | cut -d: -f4)" |
||||
|
home="$(getent passwd $user | cut -d: -f6)" |
||||
|
shell="$(getent passwd $user | cut -d: -f7)" |
||||
|
if [ "$group" != "0" -a "$home" -a "$home" != "/" -a "$(fgrep -x "$shell" /etc/shells)" ]; then |
||||
|
config="$(su - $user -c 'echo $XDG_CONFIG_HOME')" |
||||
|
[ ! "$config" ] && config="$home/.config" |
||||
|
if [ -f "$config/psd/psd.conf" ]; then |
||||
|
echo "$user" >> "$USERS_CACHE" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
|
||||
|
get_users() { |
||||
|
# If $USERS is empty, try to create it based on what users have an existing $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/psd/psd.conf |
||||
|
if [ ! "$USERS" ]; then |
||||
|
if [ ! -f "$USERS_CACHE" ]; then |
||||
|
scan_users |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
cat "$USERS_CACHE" |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo "$USERS" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
|
||||
|
start_psd() { |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/bin/psd ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Starting/Resyncing Profile-sync-daemon..." |
||||
|
for user in $(get_users); do |
||||
|
su - $user -c 'psd resync' > /dev/null |
||||
|
done & |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
|
||||
|
stop_psd() { |
||||
|
if [ -x /usr/bin/psd ]; then |
||||
|
echo "Stoppping Profile-sync-daemon..." |
||||
|
for user in $(get_users); do |
||||
|
su - $user -c 'psd unsync' > /dev/null |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
|
||||
|
case "$1" in |
||||
|
'start') |
||||
|
start_psd |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
'stop') |
||||
|
stop_psd |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
'scan_users') |
||||
|
scan_users |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
*) |
||||
|
echo "Usage: $0 start|stop|scan_users" |
||||
|
esac |
||||
@ -0,0 +1 @@ |
|||||
|
nameserver 127.0.0.1 |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ |
|||||
|
# A list of the packages I usually remove from the base install. |
||||
|
# The commented entries differ per installation. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Entire package groups |
||||
|
#d |
||||
|
e |
||||
|
f |
||||
|
#k |
||||
|
kde |
||||
|
kdei |
||||
|
t |
||||
|
y |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# a |
||||
|
#glibc-solibs |
||||
|
#openssl-solibs |
||||
|
#elilo |
||||
|
#lilo |
||||
|
#syslinux |
||||
|
#grub |
||||
|
aaa_elflibs |
||||
|
elvis |
||||
|
getty-ps |
||||
|
lha |
||||
|
unarj |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# ap |
||||
|
amp |
||||
|
pamixer |
||||
|
sox |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# d |
||||
|
gcc-go |
||||
|
gcc-java |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# l |
||||
|
alsa-plugins |
||||
|
pulseaudio |
||||
|
seamonkey-solibs |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# n |
||||
|
ModemManager |
||||
|
NetworkManager |
||||
|
mobile-broadband-provider-info |
||||
|
trn |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# x |
||||
|
font-bh-ttf |
||||
|
font-bh-type1 |
||||
|
ttf-indic-fonts |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# xap |
||||
|
MPlayer |
||||
|
network-manager-applet |
||||
|
pavucontrol |
||||
|
rxvt |
||||
|
seamonkey |
||||
|
xfractint |
||||
|
xgames |
||||
|
xv |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# --- Rationales: |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# aaa_elflibs: A shitty "fix" for a non-existing problem. Includes old libraries which might be vulnerable. Old software should just be rebuilt, and I can resolve library dependencies for myself, tyvm. |
||||
|
# MPlayer, sox: Need a rebuild to work without PulseAudio, and I don't use them anyway. |
||||
|
# seamonkey, seamonkey-solibs: No particular reason, I just don't use it, and it's big. |
||||
|
# ttf-indic-fonts: Winetricks doesn't like it. |
||||
|
# getty-ps, lha, unarj, amp, trn, font-bh-ttf, font-bh-type1, xfractint, xgames, xv: Blacklisted by FreeSlack, and I don't need it. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# -- Replaced: |
||||
|
# pulseaudio, alsa-plugins, pavucontrol, pamixer: ALSA |
||||
|
# NetworkManager, ModemManager, mobile-broadband-provider-info, network-manager-applet: dhcpcd/wpa_supplicant |
||||
|
# elvis: vim |
||||
|
# rxvt: rxvt-unicode |
||||
|
# gcc-go: go (They actually conflict) |
||||
|
# gcc-java: icedtea (Needs gcc-java to bootstrap) |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# -- Optional: |
||||
|
# elilo, lilo, syslinux, grub: Only one bootloader is used. |
||||
|
# k, d: Only needed if you need to compile programs. |
||||
|
# openssl-solibs: Useless if n/openssl is installed. |
||||
|
# glibc-solibs: Useless if l/glibc is installed. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Custom packages |
||||
|
[0-9]+rocket |
||||
|
.*-astro |
||||
|
convert32-.* |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Force using the version in extra/ |
||||
|
#llvm-3.8.0-x86_64-2 |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ |
|||||
|
# |
||||
|
# slackpkg.conf - Configuration for SlackPkg |
||||
|
# v2.8 |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# SlackPkg - An Automated packaging tool for Slackware Linux |
||||
|
# Copyright (C) 2003-2011 Roberto F. Batista, Evaldo Gardenali |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
||||
|
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
||||
|
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or |
||||
|
# (at your option) any later version. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
||||
|
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
||||
|
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
||||
|
# GNU General Public License for more details. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
||||
|
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
||||
|
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Project Page: http://slackpkg.org/ |
||||
|
# Roberto F. Batista (aka PiterPunk) piterpunk@slackware.com |
||||
|
# Evaldo Gardenali (aka UdontKnow) evaldogardenali@fasternet.com.br |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# For configuration options that have only two states, possible values are |
||||
|
# either "on" or "off" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Remember, the only official Slackware ports are x86, s390 and arm, and |
||||
|
# slackpkg developers don't have s390 boxes for testing. If you are |
||||
|
# testing/using other architectures and have suggestions or patches, |
||||
|
# please let me know (piterpunk@slackware.com) |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Select the architecture of your system. Valid values are: |
||||
|
# i#86 (where # is 3, 4, 5 or 6) |
||||
|
# x86_64 |
||||
|
# s390 |
||||
|
# arm* (* can be v4, v5tejl, and other ARM versions) |
||||
|
# powerpc |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# The line is commented because slackpkg will try to find your |
||||
|
# architecture automagically. If you want to override what slackpkg |
||||
|
# finds, put the value after the = and uncomment this line |
||||
|
#ARCH= |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# The default PKGMAIN is "slackware", but some derived distros use other |
||||
|
# names as the main directory. PKGMAIN is the place with the slackware |
||||
|
# package series (a, ap, n, ... ). |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Usually slackpkg can automagically discover this variable. If you want |
||||
|
# to override the discovered variable, then uncomment this line and change |
||||
|
# it to reflect the correct value of PKGMAIN |
||||
|
#PKGMAIN=slackware |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Slackware packages are signed by project key. Slackpkg uses this key |
||||
|
# to check if the packages downloaded are valid, so remember to set |
||||
|
# CHECKGPG to "on". |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Usually slackpkg can automagically discover this variable. If you want |
||||
|
# to override the discovered variable, then uncomment this line and edit |
||||
|
# as needed |
||||
|
#SLACKKEY="Slackware Linux Project <security@slackware.com>" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Downloaded files will be in directory below: |
||||
|
TEMP=/var/cache/packages |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Package lists, file lists, and others will be at WORKDIR: |
||||
|
WORKDIR=/var/lib/slackpkg |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Special options for wget (default is WGETFLAGS="--passive-ftp") |
||||
|
WGETFLAGS="--passive-ftp" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If DELALL is "on", all downloaded files will be removed after install. |
||||
|
DELALL=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If CHECKMD5 is "on", the system will check the md5sums of all packages before |
||||
|
# install/upgrade/reinstall is performed. |
||||
|
CHECKMD5=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If CHECKGPG is "on", the system will verify the GPG signature of each package |
||||
|
# before install/upgrade/reinstall is performed. |
||||
|
CHECKGPG=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If CHECKSIZE is "on", the system will check if we have sufficient disk |
||||
|
# space to install selected package. This make upgrade/install safer, but slow |
||||
|
# upgrade/install process. |
||||
|
CHECKSIZE=off |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# PRIORITY sets the download priority. slackpkg will try to found the |
||||
|
# package first in the first value, then the second one, through all |
||||
|
# values in list. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Default value: patches %PKGMAIN extra pasture testing |
||||
|
PRIORITY=( patches %PKGMAIN extra pasture testing ) |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enables (on) or disables (off) slackpkg's post-installation features, such |
||||
|
# as checking for new (*.new) configuration files and new kernel images, and |
||||
|
# prompts you for what it should do. Default=on |
||||
|
POSTINST=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Post-installation features, by default, search all of /etc for .new files. |
||||
|
# This is the safe option: with it, you won't have any unmerged .new files |
||||
|
# to cause problems. Even so, some people prefer that only the .new files |
||||
|
# installed by the current slackpkg session be checked. |
||||
|
# If this is your case, change ONLY_NEW_DOTNEW to "on". |
||||
|
# Default=off |
||||
|
ONLY_NEW_DOTNEW=off |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# The ONOFF variable sets the initial behavior of the dialog interface. |
||||
|
# If you set this to "on" then all packages will be selected by default. |
||||
|
# If you prefer the opposite option (all unchecked), then set this to "off". |
||||
|
ONOFF=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If this variable is set to "on", all files will be downloaded before the |
||||
|
# requested operation (install or upgrade) is performed. If set to "off", |
||||
|
# then the files will be downloaded and the operation (install/upgrade) |
||||
|
# performed one by one. Default=on |
||||
|
DOWNLOAD_ALL=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enables (on) or disables (off) the dialog interface in slackpkg. Default=on |
||||
|
DIALOG=off |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enables (on) or disables (off) the non-interactive mode. If set to "on", |
||||
|
# slackpkg will run without asking the user anything, and answer all questions |
||||
|
# with DEFAULT_ANSWER. If you do any upgrades using this mode, you'll need to |
||||
|
# run "slackpkg new-config" later to find and merge any .new files. |
||||
|
BATCH=off |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Default answer to slackpkg questions. Can be "y" or "n". |
||||
|
DEFAULT_ANSWER=n |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Slackpkg allows a template to "include" the packages specified in another |
||||
|
# template. This option enables (on) or disables (off) the parsing of |
||||
|
# any "#include" directives in template files. Default=on |
||||
|
USE_INCLUDES=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enables a spinning bar as visual feedback when slackpkg is making its |
||||
|
# internal lists and some other operations. Default=on |
||||
|
SPINNING=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Max number of characters that "dialog" command can handle. |
||||
|
# If unset, this variable will be 19500 (the number that works on |
||||
|
# Slackware 10.2) |
||||
|
DIALOG_MAXARGS=139000 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# The MIRROR is set from /etc/slackpkg/mirrors |
||||
|
# You only need to uncomment the selected mirror. |
||||
|
# Uncomment one mirror only. |
||||
|
# |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ |
|||||
|
# |
||||
|
# slackpkg.conf - Configuration for SlackPkg |
||||
|
# v2.8 |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# SlackPkg - An Automated packaging tool for Slackware Linux |
||||
|
# Copyright (C) 2003-2011 Roberto F. Batista, Evaldo Gardenali |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
||||
|
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
||||
|
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or |
||||
|
# (at your option) any later version. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
||||
|
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
||||
|
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
||||
|
# GNU General Public License for more details. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
||||
|
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
||||
|
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Project Page: http://slackpkg.org/ |
||||
|
# Roberto F. Batista (aka PiterPunk) piterpunk@slackware.com |
||||
|
# Evaldo Gardenali (aka UdontKnow) evaldogardenali@fasternet.com.br |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# For configuration options that have only two states, possible values are |
||||
|
# either "on" or "off" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Remember, the only official Slackware ports are x86, s390 and arm, and |
||||
|
# slackpkg developers don't have s390 boxes for testing. If you are |
||||
|
# testing/using other architectures and have suggestions or patches, |
||||
|
# please let me know (piterpunk@slackware.com) |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Select the architecture of your system. Valid values are: |
||||
|
# i#86 (where # is 3, 4, 5 or 6) |
||||
|
# x86_64 |
||||
|
# s390 |
||||
|
# arm* (* can be v4, v5tejl, and other ARM versions) |
||||
|
# powerpc |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# The line is commented because slackpkg will try to find your |
||||
|
# architecture automagically. If you want to override what slackpkg |
||||
|
# finds, put the value after the = and uncomment this line |
||||
|
#ARCH= |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# The default PKGMAIN is "slackware", but some derived distros use other |
||||
|
# names as the main directory. PKGMAIN is the place with the slackware |
||||
|
# package series (a, ap, n, ... ). |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Usually slackpkg can automagically discover this variable. If you want |
||||
|
# to override the discovered variable, then uncomment this line and change |
||||
|
# it to reflect the correct value of PKGMAIN |
||||
|
#PKGMAIN=slackware |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Slackware packages are signed by project key. Slackpkg uses this key |
||||
|
# to check if the packages downloaded are valid, so remember to set |
||||
|
# CHECKGPG to "on". |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Usually slackpkg can automagically discover this variable. If you want |
||||
|
# to override the discovered variable, then uncomment this line and edit |
||||
|
# as needed |
||||
|
#SLACKKEY="Slackware Linux Project <security@slackware.com>" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Downloaded files will be in directory below: |
||||
|
TEMP=/var/cache/packages |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Package lists, file lists, and others will be at WORKDIR: |
||||
|
WORKDIR=/var/lib/slackpkg |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Special options for wget (default is WGETFLAGS="--passive-ftp") |
||||
|
WGETFLAGS="--passive-ftp" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If DELALL is "on", all downloaded files will be removed after install. |
||||
|
DELALL=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If CHECKMD5 is "on", the system will check the md5sums of all packages before |
||||
|
# install/upgrade/reinstall is performed. |
||||
|
CHECKMD5=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If CHECKGPG is "on", the system will verify the GPG signature of each package |
||||
|
# before install/upgrade/reinstall is performed. |
||||
|
CHECKGPG=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If CHECKSIZE is "on", the system will check if we have sufficient disk |
||||
|
# space to install selected package. This make upgrade/install safer, but slow |
||||
|
# upgrade/install process. |
||||
|
CHECKSIZE=off |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# PRIORITY sets the download priority. slackpkg will try to found the |
||||
|
# package first in the first value, then the second one, through all |
||||
|
# values in list. |
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# Default value: patches %PKGMAIN extra pasture testing |
||||
|
PRIORITY=( patches %PKGMAIN extra pasture testing ) |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enables (on) or disables (off) slackpkg's post-installation features, such |
||||
|
# as checking for new (*.new) configuration files and new kernel images, and |
||||
|
# prompts you for what it should do. Default=on |
||||
|
POSTINST=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Post-installation features, by default, search all of /etc for .new files. |
||||
|
# This is the safe option: with it, you won't have any unmerged .new files |
||||
|
# to cause problems. Even so, some people prefer that only the .new files |
||||
|
# installed by the current slackpkg session be checked. |
||||
|
# If this is your case, change ONLY_NEW_DOTNEW to "on". |
||||
|
# Default=off |
||||
|
ONLY_NEW_DOTNEW=off |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# The ONOFF variable sets the initial behavior of the dialog interface. |
||||
|
# If you set this to "on" then all packages will be selected by default. |
||||
|
# If you prefer the opposite option (all unchecked), then set this to "off". |
||||
|
ONOFF=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# If this variable is set to "on", all files will be downloaded before the |
||||
|
# requested operation (install or upgrade) is performed. If set to "off", |
||||
|
# then the files will be downloaded and the operation (install/upgrade) |
||||
|
# performed one by one. Default=on |
||||
|
DOWNLOAD_ALL=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enables (on) or disables (off) the dialog interface in slackpkg. Default=on |
||||
|
DIALOG=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enables (on) or disables (off) the non-interactive mode. If set to "on", |
||||
|
# slackpkg will run without asking the user anything, and answer all questions |
||||
|
# with DEFAULT_ANSWER. If you do any upgrades using this mode, you'll need to |
||||
|
# run "slackpkg new-config" later to find and merge any .new files. |
||||
|
BATCH=off |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Default answer to slackpkg questions. Can be "y" or "n". |
||||
|
DEFAULT_ANSWER=n |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Slackpkg allows a template to "include" the packages specified in another |
||||
|
# template. This option enables (on) or disables (off) the parsing of |
||||
|
# any "#include" directives in template files. Default=on |
||||
|
USE_INCLUDES=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Enables a spinning bar as visual feedback when slackpkg is making its |
||||
|
# internal lists and some other operations. Default=on |
||||
|
SPINNING=on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Max number of characters that "dialog" command can handle. |
||||
|
# If unset, this variable will be 19500 (the number that works on |
||||
|
# Slackware 10.2) |
||||
|
DIALOG_MAXARGS=139000 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# |
||||
|
# The MIRROR is set from /etc/slackpkg/mirrors |
||||
|
# You only need to uncomment the selected mirror. |
||||
|
# Uncomment one mirror only. |
||||
|
# |
||||
@ -0,0 +1 @@ |
|||||
|
%wheel ALL=(ALL) ALL |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ |
|||||
|
vm.swappiness=1 |
||||
|
vm.vfs_cache_pressure=50 |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ |
|||||
|
# set scheduler for non-rotating disks |
||||
|
ACTION=="add|change", KERNEL=="sd[a-z]|mmcblk[0-9]*|nvme[0-9]*", ATTR{queue/rotational}=="0", ATTR{queue/scheduler}="mq-deadline" |
||||
|
# set scheduler for rotating disks |
||||
|
ACTION=="add|change", KERNEL=="sd[a-z]", ATTR{queue/rotational}=="1", ATTR{queue/scheduler}="bfq" |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ |
|||||
|
# Oneplus 2 |
||||
|
## System |
||||
|
SUBSYSTEM=="usb", ATTR{idVendor}=="18d1", ATTR{idProduct}=="4ee7", MODE="0660", GROUP="plugdev" |
||||
|
## Fastboot |
||||
|
SUBSYSTEM=="usb", ATTR{idVendor}=="18d1", ATTR{idProduct}=="d00d", MODE="0660", GROUP="plugdev" |
||||
|
## ADB |
||||
|
SUBSYSTEM=="usb", ATTR{idVendor}=="18d1", ATTR{idProduct}=="d001", MODE="0660", GROUP="plugdev" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Adafruit Trinket |
||||
|
SUBSYSTEM=="usb", ATTR{idVendor}=="1781", ATTR{idProduct}=="0c9f", MODE="0660", GROUP="plugdev" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Arduino Yun |
||||
|
SUBSYSTEM=="usb", ATTR{idVendor}=="2341", ATTR{idProduct}=="8041", MODE="0660", GROUP="plugdev" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# Arduino Uno |
||||
|
SUBSYSTEM=="usb", ATTR{idVendor}=="2341", ATTR{idProduct}=="0043", MODE="0660", GROUP="plugdev" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# TI-84+ CE-T |
||||
|
SUBSYSTEM=="usb", ATTR{idVendor}=="0451", ATTR{idProduct}=="e008", MODE="0660", GROUP="plugdev" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# PICkit2 |
||||
|
SUBSYSTEM=="usb", ATTR{idVendor}=="04d8", ATTR{idProduct}=="0033", MODE="0660", GROUP="plugdev" |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ |
|||||
|
ctrl_interface=/var/run/wpa_supplicant |
||||
|
ctrl_interface_group=netdev |
||||
|
update_config=1 |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ |
|||||
|
ctrl_interface=/var/run/wpa_supplicant |
||||
|
ctrl_interface_group=root |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ |
|||||
|
eval _$(typeset -f checkchangelog) |
||||
|
|
||||
|
checkchangelog() { |
||||
|
if ! [ -e ${ROOT}/${WORKDIR}/CHECKSUMS.md5.asc ]; then |
||||
|
touch ${ROOT}/${WORKDIR}/CHECKSUMS.md5.asc |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
# First we will download CHECKSUMS.md5.asc since it is a very small |
||||
|
# file and if it has not changed, we can know that the ChangeLog |
||||
|
# has not changed either. If it _has_ changed, we'll need to pull |
||||
|
# the ChangeLog to check that as well. |
||||
|
echo -e "\tDownloading..." |
||||
|
getfile ${SOURCE}CHECKSUMS.md5.asc $TMPDIR/CHECKSUMS.md5.asc |
||||
|
if ! grep -q "PGP" $TMPDIR/CHECKSUMS.md5.asc ; then |
||||
|
echo -e "\ |
||||
|
\nError downloading from $SOURCE.\n\ |
||||
|
Please check your mirror and try again." |
||||
|
cleanup |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
if diff --brief ${ROOT}/${WORKDIR}/CHECKSUMS.md5.asc $TMPDIR/CHECKSUMS.md5.asc ; then |
||||
|
# Before returning with the result that these signatures (and |
||||
|
# therefore the ChangeLog) are the same, we need to copy the |
||||
|
# ChangeLog into ${TMPDIR} in case the user decides to |
||||
|
# "download all other files": |
||||
|
cp ${ROOT}/${WORKDIR}/ChangeLog.txt $TMPDIR/ChangeLog.txt |
||||
|
return 0 |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
# CHECKSUMS.md5.asc was different, so we'll go on to download and test |
||||
|
# the full ChangeLog.txt. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
_checkchangelog "$@" |
||||
|
} |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ |
|||||
|
looknew() { |
||||
|
# with ONLY_NEW_DOTNEW set, slackpkg will search only for |
||||
|
# .new files installed in actual slackpkg's execution |
||||
|
if [ "$ONLY_NEW_DOTNEW" = "on" ]; then |
||||
|
ONLY_NEW_DOTNEW="-cnewer $TMPDIR/timestamp" |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
ONLY_NEW_DOTNEW="" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
|
||||
|
echo -e "\nSearching for NEW configuration files" |
||||
|
FILES="" |
||||
|
|
||||
|
find /var/log/packages -maxdepth 1 -type f ${ONLY_NEW_DOTNEW} | xargs sed -n -e '/^FILE LIST:$/,/^$/p' | fgrep -xv 'FILE LIST:' | sort | uniq > $TMPDIR/allfiles |
||||
|
|
||||
|
local IFS=$'\n' |
||||
|
for f in $(grep '\.new$' $TMPDIR/allfiles | sed -e 's/\.new$//'); do |
||||
|
x=$f.new |
||||
|
if [ -f "/$f" -a -f "/$x" ]; then |
||||
|
if ! fgrep -x "$f" $TMPDIR/allfiles 1> /dev/null 2>&1; then |
||||
|
FILES+="/$x |
||||
|
" |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
|
||||
|
if [ "$FILES" != "" ]; then |
||||
|
echo -e "\n\ |
||||
|
Some packages had new configuration files installed. |
||||
|
You have four choices: |
||||
|
|
||||
|
(K)eep the old files and consider .new files later |
||||
|
|
||||
|
(O)verwrite all old files with the new ones. The |
||||
|
old files will be stored with the suffix .orig |
||||
|
|
||||
|
(R)emove all .new files |
||||
|
|
||||
|
(P)rompt K, O, R selection for every single file |
||||
|
|
||||
|
What do you want (K/O/R/P)?" |
||||
|
answer |
||||
|
case $ANSWER in |
||||
|
K|k) |
||||
|
break |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
O|o) |
||||
|
for i in $FILES; do |
||||
|
overold $i |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
break |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
R|r) |
||||
|
for i in $FILES; do |
||||
|
removeold $i |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
break |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
P|p) |
||||
|
echo "Select what you want file-by-file" |
||||
|
for i in $FILES; do |
||||
|
GOEX=0 |
||||
|
while [ $GOEX -eq 0 ]; do |
||||
|
echo |
||||
|
showmenu $i "(K)eep" "(O)verwrite" "(R)emove" "(D)iff" "(M)erge" |
||||
|
read ANSWER |
||||
|
case $ANSWER in |
||||
|
O|o) |
||||
|
overold $i |
||||
|
GOEX=1 |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
R|r) |
||||
|
removeold $i |
||||
|
GOEX=1 |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
D|d) |
||||
|
showdiff $1 |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
M|m) |
||||
|
mergenew $1 |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
K|k|*) |
||||
|
GOEX=1 |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
esac |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
done |
||||
|
break |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
*) |
||||
|
echo "OK! Your choice is nothing! slackpkg will Keep the old files for you to deal with later" |
||||
|
;; |
||||
|
esac |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
echo -e "\t\tNo .new files found." |
||||
|
fi |
||||
|
} |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ |
|||||
|
" An example for a vimrc file. |
||||
|
" |
||||
|
" Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org> |
||||
|
" Last change: 2016 Apr 05 |
||||
|
" |
||||
|
" To use it, copy it to |
||||
|
" for Unix and OS/2: ~/.vimrc |
||||
|
" for Amiga: s:.vimrc |
||||
|
" for MS-DOS and Win32: $VIM\_vimrc |
||||
|
" for OpenVMS: sys$login:.vimrc |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" When started as "evim", evim.vim will already have done these settings. |
||||
|
if v:progname =~? "evim" |
||||
|
finish |
||||
|
endif |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Use Vim settings, rather than Vi settings (much better!). |
||||
|
" This must be first, because it changes other options as a side effect. |
||||
|
set nocompatible |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" allow backspacing over everything in insert mode |
||||
|
set backspace=indent,eol,start |
||||
|
|
||||
|
if has("vms") |
||||
|
set nobackup " do not keep a backup file, use versions instead |
||||
|
endif |
||||
|
set history=50 " keep 50 lines of command line history |
||||
|
set ruler " show the cursor position all the time |
||||
|
set showcmd " display incomplete commands |
||||
|
set incsearch " do incremental searching |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" For Win32 GUI: remove 't' flag from 'guioptions': no tearoff menu entries |
||||
|
" let &guioptions = substitute(&guioptions, "t", "", "g") |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Don't use Ex mode, use Q for formatting |
||||
|
map Q gq |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" CTRL-U in insert mode deletes a lot. Use CTRL-G u to first break undo, |
||||
|
" so that you can undo CTRL-U after inserting a line break. |
||||
|
inoremap <C-U> <C-G>u<C-U> |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" In many terminal emulators the mouse works just fine, thus enable it. |
||||
|
if has('mouse') |
||||
|
set mouse=a |
||||
|
endif |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Switch syntax highlighting on when the terminal has colors or when using the |
||||
|
" GUI (which always has colors). |
||||
|
if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running") |
||||
|
syntax on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Also switch on highlighting the last used search pattern. |
||||
|
set hlsearch |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" I like highlighting strings inside C comments. |
||||
|
let c_comment_strings=1 |
||||
|
endif |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Only do this part when compiled with support for autocommands. |
||||
|
if has("autocmd") |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Enable file type detection. |
||||
|
" Use the default filetype settings, so that mail gets 'tw' set to 72, |
||||
|
" 'cindent' is on in C files, etc. |
||||
|
" Also load indent files, to automatically do language-dependent indenting. |
||||
|
filetype plugin indent on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Put these in an autocmd group, so that we can delete them easily. |
||||
|
augroup vimrcEx |
||||
|
au! |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" For all text files set 'textwidth' to 78 characters. |
||||
|
autocmd FileType text setlocal textwidth=78 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" When editing a file, always jump to the last known cursor position. |
||||
|
" Don't do it when the position is invalid or when inside an event handler |
||||
|
" (happens when dropping a file on gvim). |
||||
|
autocmd BufReadPost * |
||||
|
\ if line("'\"") >= 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") | |
||||
|
\ exe "normal! g`\"" | |
||||
|
\ endif |
||||
|
|
||||
|
augroup END |
||||
|
|
||||
|
else |
||||
|
|
||||
|
set autoindent " always set autoindenting on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
endif " has("autocmd") |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Make vim work with the 'crontab -e' command |
||||
|
set backupskip+=/var/spool/cron/* |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Convenient command to see the difference between the current buffer and the |
||||
|
" file it was loaded from, thus the changes you made. |
||||
|
" Only define it when not defined already. |
||||
|
if !exists(":DiffOrig") |
||||
|
command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r ++edit # | 0d_ | diffthis |
||||
|
\ | wincmd p | diffthis |
||||
|
endif |
||||
|
|
||||
|
if has('langmap') && exists('+langnoremap') |
||||
|
" Prevent that the langmap option applies to characters that result from a |
||||
|
" mapping. If unset (default), this may break plugins (but it's backward |
||||
|
" compatible). |
||||
|
set langnoremap |
||||
|
endif |
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Add optional packages. |
||||
|
" |
||||
|
" The matchit plugin makes the % command work better, but it is not backwards |
||||
|
" compatible. |
||||
|
packadd matchit |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ |
|||||
|
" An example for a vimrc file. |
||||
|
" |
||||
|
" Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org> |
||||
|
" Last change: 2016 Apr 05 |
||||
|
" |
||||
|
" To use it, copy it to |
||||
|
" for Unix and OS/2: ~/.vimrc |
||||
|
" for Amiga: s:.vimrc |
||||
|
" for MS-DOS and Win32: $VIM\_vimrc |
||||
|
" for OpenVMS: sys$login:.vimrc |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" When started as "evim", evim.vim will already have done these settings. |
||||
|
if v:progname =~? "evim" |
||||
|
finish |
||||
|
endif |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Use Vim settings, rather than Vi settings (much better!). |
||||
|
" This must be first, because it changes other options as a side effect. |
||||
|
set nocompatible |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" allow backspacing over everything in insert mode |
||||
|
set backspace=indent,eol,start |
||||
|
|
||||
|
if has("vms") |
||||
|
set nobackup " do not keep a backup file, use versions instead |
||||
|
else |
||||
|
set backup " keep a backup file (restore to previous version) |
||||
|
set undofile " keep an undo file (undo changes after closing) |
||||
|
endif |
||||
|
set history=50 " keep 50 lines of command line history |
||||
|
set ruler " show the cursor position all the time |
||||
|
set showcmd " display incomplete commands |
||||
|
set incsearch " do incremental searching |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" For Win32 GUI: remove 't' flag from 'guioptions': no tearoff menu entries |
||||
|
" let &guioptions = substitute(&guioptions, "t", "", "g") |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Don't use Ex mode, use Q for formatting |
||||
|
map Q gq |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" CTRL-U in insert mode deletes a lot. Use CTRL-G u to first break undo, |
||||
|
" so that you can undo CTRL-U after inserting a line break. |
||||
|
inoremap <C-U> <C-G>u<C-U> |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" In many terminal emulators the mouse works just fine, thus enable it. |
||||
|
if has('mouse') |
||||
|
set mouse=a |
||||
|
endif |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Switch syntax highlighting on when the terminal has colors or when using the |
||||
|
" GUI (which always has colors). |
||||
|
if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running") |
||||
|
syntax on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Also switch on highlighting the last used search pattern. |
||||
|
set hlsearch |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" I like highlighting strings inside C comments. |
||||
|
let c_comment_strings=1 |
||||
|
endif |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Only do this part when compiled with support for autocommands. |
||||
|
if has("autocmd") |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Enable file type detection. |
||||
|
" Use the default filetype settings, so that mail gets 'tw' set to 72, |
||||
|
" 'cindent' is on in C files, etc. |
||||
|
" Also load indent files, to automatically do language-dependent indenting. |
||||
|
filetype plugin indent on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Put these in an autocmd group, so that we can delete them easily. |
||||
|
augroup vimrcEx |
||||
|
au! |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" For all text files set 'textwidth' to 78 characters. |
||||
|
autocmd FileType text setlocal textwidth=78 |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" When editing a file, always jump to the last known cursor position. |
||||
|
" Don't do it when the position is invalid or when inside an event handler |
||||
|
" (happens when dropping a file on gvim). |
||||
|
autocmd BufReadPost * |
||||
|
\ if line("'\"") >= 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") | |
||||
|
\ exe "normal! g`\"" | |
||||
|
\ endif |
||||
|
|
||||
|
augroup END |
||||
|
|
||||
|
else |
||||
|
|
||||
|
set autoindent " always set autoindenting on |
||||
|
|
||||
|
endif " has("autocmd") |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Make vim work with the 'crontab -e' command |
||||
|
set backupskip+=/var/spool/cron/* |
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Convenient command to see the difference between the current buffer and the |
||||
|
" file it was loaded from, thus the changes you made. |
||||
|
" Only define it when not defined already. |
||||
|
if !exists(":DiffOrig") |
||||
|
command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r ++edit # | 0d_ | diffthis |
||||
|
\ | wincmd p | diffthis |
||||
|
endif |
||||
|
|
||||
|
if has('langmap') && exists('+langnoremap') |
||||
|
" Prevent that the langmap option applies to characters that result from a |
||||
|
" mapping. If unset (default), this may break plugins (but it's backward |
||||
|
" compatible). |
||||
|
set langnoremap |
||||
|
endif |
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
" Add optional packages. |
||||
|
" |
||||
|
" The matchit plugin makes the % command work better, but it is not backwards |
||||
|
" compatible. |
||||
|
packadd matchit |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ |
|||||
|
# HOW TO EDIT THIS FILE: |
||||
|
# The "handy ruler" below makes it easier to edit a package description. Line |
||||
|
# up the first '|' above the ':' following the base package name, and the '|' |
||||
|
# on the right side marks the last column you can put a character in. You must |
||||
|
# make exactly 11 lines for the formatting to be correct. It's also |
||||
|
# customary to leave one space after the ':'. |
||||
|
|
||||
|
|-----handy-ruler------------------------------------------------------| |
||||
|
rocket-config: rocket-config (my configuration files) |
||||
|
rocket-config: |
||||
|
rocket-config: This package contains my custom system configuration, |
||||
|
rocket-config: to be updated through slackpkg. |
||||
|
rocket-config: |
||||
|
rocket-config: If it detects a default config file, it will be replaced, |
||||
|
rocket-config: and the original will be saved with the .orig extension. |
||||
|
rocket-config: Consider removing the .orig files, or restore them when removing |
||||
|
rocket-config: this package. |
||||
|
rocket-config: |
||||
|
rocket-config: See /usr/doc for more info. |
||||
Loading…
Reference in new issue